Author Archives: Roger Farnworth

Unknown's avatar

About Roger Farnworth

A retired Civil Engineer and Priest

The Railways of West Cumberland – Part 1 – An Introduction

The November 1954 issue of The Railway Magazine included an article by C. A. Knight about the railways between Sellafield and Maryport and inland as far as Cockermouth and Kelton Fell.

The featured image at the head of this article (and the article by C. A. Knight) shows an early 1950s image of Workington Station with a train to Euston ready to depart behind a ‘Royal Scot’ loco. [1: p757]

Reading Knight’s article encouraged me to begin a review of the different railways and tramways of the area. This article is the first of a series. …

Knight says: “Travellers to Keswick by the ‘Lakes Express’ during the summer [of 1954] may have speculated on the country to the west of that delectable town which is served by the train in the final stages of its journey. Some may venture as far as Cockermouth, but few will follow the train to its terminus at Workington, that product of Victorian enterprise in industry, as there is little in the area to attract the tourist from the delights of the Lake District. To the student of railway history, however, its tangle of intersecting railways holds promise of interest.” [1: p757]

The 10.50 am train to Euston at Workington, headed by ‘Royal Scot’ class 4-6-0 locomotive No. 46161, ‘Kings Own’, © W. Dendy. [1: p756]
A Map of West Cumberland’s Railway Network. [2]
Aap of the railways in West Cumberland, showing pre-grouping ownerships. [1: p758]

Knight tells us that, “The early evolution of the railways of West Cumberland was not marked by the contentious episodes which frequently characterised railway development in the mid-nineteenth century; rather [it could] be described as a process of peaceful penetration. … The narrow belt of agricultural land on the western edge of Cumberland was for many years practically isolated by the difficulties of travel through the mountains of the Lake District. The discovery of rich seams of coal, and the improvement of mining technique which enabled coal to be won from under the sea-bed, led to development of shipping facilities, and the economic factor became the distance from the port of shipment. Tramways in various forms were installed to enable coal to be brought from more distant pits, and on these, horse-drawn vehicles were no doubt used.” [1: p757]

The Early Tramways of West Cumberland

Early tramways in West Cumberland were primarily focused on moving industrial goods—specifically coal and iron ore—rather than passengers. Online references to Industrial Waggonways and Tramways in the 19th Century include:

  • Woodagreen Pit to Whitehaven Harbour: a crude wooden waggonway built at the Ginns as early as 1683. [9]
  • Seaton Tramroad: A 3 mile wooden waggonway built from Seaton pit to Workington, in the early 1730s. [6]
  • Harrington Harbour/Bain’s Tramway (c. 1760/1840s): A wagonway was established at Harrington Harbour as early as 1760. Later, it became known as “Bain’s Tramway,” which is shown on an 1864 OS map connecting Harrington Harbour with mines at John Pit and Hodgson Pit, passing through Rose Hill.
  • Whitehaven Harbour: A horse-drawn tramway was completed in 1854, authorized by the Whitehaven and Furness Junction Railway Amendment Act 1853. It allowed goods wagons to travel from Preston Street to the south end of the harbour.
  • Mr. Curwen’s Waggonway: A significant waggonway owned by Henry Curwen of Workington, which necessitated a bridge for the Whitehaven Junction Railway to pass over it in 1844.
  • Colliery Lines: These include: Waggonways from Lonsdale Collieries on Broughton Moor; Howgill Colliery Waggonway; and Whingill Colliery Waggonway.
  • Whitehaven Mineral Lines: The rapid development of haematite deposits in the Cleator Moor and Egremont districts in the 1840s led to numerous industrial lines and tramroads, later absorbed by the Whitehaven, Cleator & Egremont Railway (opened in parts from 1857).
  • The First Howgill Incline: constructed by 1813 in Whitehaven. [22]
  • Rowrah & Kelton Fell Mineral Railway: A significant line developed to serve the limestone quarries and iron ore mines near Rowrah, with development occurring through the 1860s and 1870s.
  • Jane Pit to Quayside (Workington): saw horses towing basic coal trucks from the pit down and over the railway, along to Chapel Bank and on to the Quayside. [8]
  • Cleator & Workington Junction Railway (1879): While technically a later railway, it was built to connect the existing iron and coal mining infrastructure (early pits and associated wagonways) with the coast to break existing transport monopolies.
  • Harrington and Lowca Light Railway: (commonly known as the Lowca Light Railway or LLR)
  • Lowca: An early locomotive works was established at Lowca, lasting until 1926, its business was fatally undermined by a disastrous fire in which the wooden patterns used during manufacture were burned. [5]
  • Corkickle Brake: A standard-gauge rope-worked incline survived as late as 1986, which was a remnant of early industrial transport methods, handling 500,000 tons of traffic at its peak.
  • Yarlside Iron Mines Tramway: built by John Barraclough Fell. [21]

These early, often private, waggonways generally used iron rails (replacing wooden ones) to connect pits to collieries or directly to the rapidly developing ports of Workington, Harrington, and Whitehaven.

Main Line and Branch Line Railways

There were a surprising number of standard-gauge railway companies operating in West Cumberland, as the maps above show.

The Whitehaven Junction Railway

The Whitehaven Junction Railway (WJR) was a historic English railway company sanctioned in 1844 to connect the town of Whitehaven with the Maryport and Carlisle Railway, facilitating industrial growth in West Cumberland. It played a crucial role in linking local coal mines and ironworks to broader transport networks. [10]

The Whitehaven & Furness Junction Railway

The Whitehaven & Furness Junction Railway (W&FJR) was established to connect the town of Whitehaven with the Furness Railway at Broughton-in-Furness. [11]

The Whitehaven, Cleator & Egremont Railway

The Whitehaven, Cleator and Egremont Railway (WC&ER) was built to open up the hematite orefield to the south-east of Whitehaven. It opened for goods traffic in 1855 and for passenger traffic in 1857. [12]

The Maryport & Carlisle Railway

The Maryport and Carlisle Railway (M&CR) was incorporated in 1837 to connect the two towns of Carlisle and Maryport. George Stephenson was the engineer of the line, which opened fully on 10th February 1845. [13]

The Cleator & Workington Junction Railway

The Cleator and Workington Junction Railway (C&WJR) served the towns of Cleator Moor and Workington and intermediate villages. It was mainly used for coal, limestone and iron ore traffic for the local industries. [14]

The Cockermouth & Workington Railway

The Cockermouth and Workington Railway (C&WR) was established by act of Parliament in 1845. The railway opened for service in 1847, and ran from the Whitehaven Junction Railway station at Workington to a station at Cockermouth near the bridge over the Derwent. [15]

The Cockermouth, Keswick & Penrith Railway

The Cockermouth, Keswick and Penrith Railway (CK&PR) was incorporated by Act of Parliament on 1st August 1861, to build a line connecting the town of Cockermouth with the London and North Western Railway (LNWR) West Coast Main Line at Penrith. [16]

The Whitehaven & Furness Junction & Whitehaven Junction Joint Railway

While they were separate companies, the W&FJR and the WJR worked together, particularly around Whitehaven. By 1852, a connecting line (including the Bransty tunnel) linked the W&FJR from the south with the WJR from the north. From the mid-1850s, the two companies merged their efforts to focus passenger traffic at Whitehaven Bransty Station (jointly managed) and goods traffic at Preston Street. [17]

The Harrington & Lowca Light Railway

The Harrington and Lowca Light Railway (commonly known as the Lowca Light Railway or LLR) was a short railway close to the coast on the South side of Harrington. Rosehill Junction was the junction between Bain’s Tramway (later known as the Harrington and Lowca Light Railway) and the Cleator and Workington Junction Railway’s Harrington Branch (later known as the Rosehill Branch). [18][19

Tramways

A Proposed Electric Tramway for West Cumberland – 1901

At the turn of the 20th century, the Cleator Moor Electric Tramway was planned and Acts of Parliament were sought for its construction. [3] Sadly, this standard-gauge tramway was not built, even though three different enabling Acts of Parliament were sought and passed (1901, 1903 and 1905). [3]

The tramway was to be operated by the ‘West Cumberland Power & Tramway Company Limited’ [4]

Later Industrial Railways

These railways include:

  • The CORUS Works Tramroad: a 3 ft-gauge works railway. [7]
  • Whitehaven Harbour: by the late 19th century, almost all of the harbour had a rail network. Locomotives were first introduced in 1848, the last locomotive being disposed of in 1986. [20]
  • Various Inclines and Other Lines: in addition to the Corkickle Break mentioned above (which lasted until 1986) there was a second Howgill Incline built by 1923 and of which remains can be found adjacent to Wellington Lodge. The Howgill Incline(s) have been out of use since 1972. [23][24]

References

  1. C. A. Knight; Railways of West Cumberland; in The Railway Magazine, November 1954; Tothill Press, London, 1954, p757-765.
  2. The Railway Clearing House, London, 1921; via, https://maps.nls.uk/view/245959305, accessed on 3rd April 2026.
  3. https://www.littleireland.co.uk/2019/10/cleator-moor-electric-tramway.html?m=1, accessed on 3rd April 2026.
  4. Emile Garcke (Ed.); The Manual of Electrical Undertakings, 11th Edition; Electrical Press, London, 1907, p997; via,  https://www.lakesguides.co.uk/html/maps/GRK1.htm, accessed on 3rd April 2026.
  5. https://www.lococarriage.org.uk/cumbria_rail.html, accessed on 3rd April 2026.
  6. https://www.lakesguides.co.uk/html/lgaz/LK39356.htm, accessed on 3rd April 2026.
  7. https://www.lakesguides.co.uk/html/lgaz/LK02667.htm, accessed on 3rd April 2026.
  8. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/18HqJFu9h8, accessed on 3rd April 2026.
  9. https://www.whitehavennews.co.uk/news/17161961.a-fascinating-delve-into-towns-rail-history, quoting from Howard Quayle; Whitehaven: The Railways and Waggonways of a Unique Cumberland Port; Cumbrian Railways Association, Pinner, Middlesex, 2007.
  10. https://wp.me/p3J9rW-11F, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  11. https://transportsofdelight.smugmug.com/RAILWAYS/LOCOMOTIVES-OF-THE-LMS-CONSTITUENT-COMPANIES/LOCOMOTIVES-OF-THE-FURNESS-RAILWAY/i-Ls4ZZF3%23, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  12. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Whitehaven,_Cleator_and_Egremont_Railway, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  13. https://www.gracesguide.co.uk/Maryport_and_Carlisle_Railway, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  14. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cleator_and_Workington_Junction_Railway, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  15. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cockermouth_and_Workington_Railway, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  16. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cockermouth,_Keswick_and_Penrith_Railway, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  17. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Preston_Street_railway_station, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  18. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrington_and_Lowca_Light_Railway, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  19. https://www.railscot.co.uk/companies/H/Harrington_and_Lowca_Light_Railway, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  20. https://www.whitehavenhc.org.uk/about-the-harbour, accessed on 6th April 2026.
  21. https://railwaymatters.wordpress.com/fell-type-mountain-railways, accessed on 2nd May 2026.
  22. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1E7do6dbMy, accessed on 2nd May 2026.
  23. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/18tB4qhxPW, accessed on 2nd May 2026.
  24. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1BugADHZGo, accessed on 2nd May 2026.

Parliament and the Railways in 1858.

N. Caplan reviewed parliamentary activity relating to railways in 1858 in The Railway Magazine of December 1958. His aim was to encourage research into railway history through the various Acts of Parliament relating to railways.

The Railway Magazine, December 1858, page 833. [1: p833]

“By 1858, the Railway Mania was well in the past, hostility to the railways had largely died away, and Parliament evidently felt that the railways might reasonably be left to consolidate their position by more prudent management, subject to the continuing close scrutiny of railway Bills by Parliamentary Committees. Some 8,000 miles of railway had been constructed, and the main trunk routes had mostly taken shape by 1858. After the financial disasters of the collapse of the railway boom, money was not readily forthcoming.

Most of the railway schemes before Parliament in 1858 were relatively modest. But there was plenty of fresh legislation with over seventy railway Acts receiving the Royal Assent in that year. These were, almost without exception, ‘Local & Personal Acts’ relating to particular railway companies, there were only two ‘Public General Acts’, and one of these applied only to railways in Ireland, the other amended the famous Act of 1844.” [1: p833]

Prior to reading Caplan’s article I was unaware of the distinction made in Parliament between ‘Local & Personal Acts’ and ‘Public General Acts’,

It appears that UK Acts of Parliament Acts of Parliament can be divided into two types: public acts and private acts. …

Public acts are legislation of universal application and change the general law. Private acts (also known as local and personal acts) affect the powers of individual groups, such as companies or local authorities. Prior to 1798, all acts, both public and private, were published together with private acts listed as ‘local and personal acts declared private’. Since 1798, printed acts have been divided into two series: ‘public general acts’ and ‘local and personal acts’.” [2: p2]

The picture after 1798 is relatively complex:

According to the House of Commons information Office, [2: p3-4] Private Acts are listed as:

(a) Private Acts (until 1802);
(b) Local and Personal Acts, not printed (1802-1814); Private Acts (1815-date) (titled Personal Acts from 1948).

All private acts have been printed since 1922.

Local and Personal Acts include:

(c) Public Local and Personal Acts (1798-1802);

(d) Local and Personal Acts to be judicially noticed (1803-1814); Local and Personal Acts declared public and to be judicially noticed (1815-1867);

(e) Provisional Order Confirmation Acts (regarded as public acts of a local
character) (1867-1963);

(f) Local and Personal Acts (1868);

(g) Local and Private Acts (1869);

(h) Local Acts (1870 onwards).

The House of Commons Information Office comments: “The differences between all these series can often be set aside, except in searching out the actual texts from library shelves. However, it is normal to cite acts in a standard way, despite what may appear on the document itself.” [2: p4]

It is now usual to cite public acts of all periods with arabic figures and post-1797 non-public acts with roman numerals. Personal Acts have italic arabic figures, and it is a service to the reader to supply the information (Not Printed) after the citation of any such act known never to have been printed. The [Chronological Table of the Statutes](CTS) is a useful guide for citing public acts of whatever age.” [2: p4-5]

The House of Commons Information Office goes on to provide specific details of how citations should be structured and then gives examples of how this should be done, note that ‘cap’ is short for ‘chapter’:

For Public Acts examples are: [2: p5]

Disorderly Houses Act 1751 (25 Geo 2 cap 36)
Debtors Act 1869 (32 & 33 Vict cap 62)
County Courts (Penalties for Contempt) Act 1983 (cap 45)

For Local Acts, examples are: [2: p5]

Aberbrothwick Harbour Act 1839 (2 & 3 Vict cap xvii)
Epping Forest Act 1878 (41 & 42 Vict cap ccxiii)
British Railways (Liverpool Street Station) Act 1983 (cap iv)

For Personal and Private Acts, examples are: [2: p5]

Marquess of Abergavenny’s Estates Act 1946 (9 & 10 Geo 6 cap 1)
Hugh Small and Norma Small (Marriage Enabling) Act 1982 (cap 2)

Returning to Caplan’s article: he speaks of just two Public Acts relating to railways in 1858, it appears that these are:

  • An Act to continue “The Railways Act (Ireland), 1851.” UK Public General Acts 1858 cap. 34 (Regnal. 21_and_22_Vict). [3]
  • The Cheap Trains and Canal Carriers Act 1858 (21 & 22 Vict. cap. 75), which amended earlier regulations regarding passenger duty and company liabilities. [4]

Caplan has more to say about the second of these two Acts. His comments can be found later in this article. …….

There is a summary, available online, of the clauses in the railways Acts of the 1858 session of Parliament giving powers to the Board of Trade. [7] That Summary may well be of interest here and is reproduced as Appendix 1 to this article (after the References below).

In his article, Caplan goes on to look at a number of specific ‘Local and Personal Acts’, he says: “Some of the Local & Personal Acts of 1858 exemplified the continuing problems of railway development, while others reflected the emergence of new problems, and it is interesting to look at a selection of these Acts.” [1: p833] Those he looked at included:

  • The Knighton Railway Act – one of the few in 1858 relating to an entirely new railway company. This Act, dated 21st May 1958, incorporated the Knighton Railway Company to construct a 9-mile line from Craven Arms to Bucknell, later extending to Knighton. It was a key component of the Central Wales line development, aiming to connect the industrial Midlands with Welsh border towns, eventually being absorbed by the LNWR. [5][6] The Act stated that:

“a Railway from the Craven Arms Station of the Shrewsbury & Hereford Railway, in the County of Salop, to the Borough of Knighton, in the County of Radnor, would be of great public and local advantage. The cost of construction was modestly estimated at £66,000 to be raised by a capital of 6,600 shares of £10. The Knighton Railway was intended to be be worked in conjunction with the Shrewsbury & Hereford Company, and the Act provided for the latter to work the Knighton line. No doubt largely as a matter of form the Act gave similar sanction for the Knighton Company to work the Shrewsbury & Hereford line.” [1: p833]

Knighton Railway Station: serves the border market town of Knighton in Powys. The station itself is located in Shropshire, (the border is immediately adjacent to the south side of the station and runs through the car park). It lies 32 1⁄2 miles (52.3 km) south west of Shrewsbury (by railway line) on the Heart of Wales Line, © Fabian Musto, licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [14]

It is worth noting the powers reserved to the Board of Trade in respect of this railway which appears in Appendix 1 to this article below. [7][Appendix 1]

Caplan points out that the Knighton Act was full of interesting facets of Parliament’s ideas about the control of railways, such as: the detailed control of maximum passenger and freight charges; and the maximum charge of fivepence per ton per mile “for fish, feathers, canes, cochineal, house-hold furniture, hats, shoes, toys and all other articles, matters, and things.” [1: p833]

Caplan also highlights the delays in completing new lines such as the Salisbury & Yeovil Railway and the need to authorise the sale of that line to the London & South Western Railway:

  • The Salisbury & Yeovil Railway Act

The Salisbury & Yeovil had a struggle to build its line because of shortage of money. The Salisbury & Yeovil Company was incorporated by an Act of 1854, and was authorised to make a railway from the terminus of the Basingstoke and Salisbury line of the London & South Western Railway at Salisbury to Yeovil, together with a branch to join the Wilts, Somerset & Weymouth Railway near Yeovil. The 1854 Act had laid down that these lines were to be completed in four years, and failure to comply might have involved a penalty of (30,000. The Salisbury & Yeovil had to go back to Parliament in 1855 and again in 1857 for authority for deviations from the original route, and was still desperately short of funds. The company was compelled to turn to the London & South Western for help, and amalgamation was the only real solution of its difficulties.

Dinton Railway Station on what was the Salisbury & Yeovil Railway Line, © Public Domain, photographer not known.This image was shared by Brian Prevett on the Disused Stations Facebook Group on 3rd November 2024. [15]

The Salisbury & Yeovil Act of 28th June 1858, gave the company further time to complete the revised route – two years from the passing of the Act and power to transfer the undertaking of the company to the L.S.W.R. Under the “South-Western Railway (Works and Capital) Act, 1858,” of 12th July 1858, the L.S.W.R. received power to lease or purchase the Salisbury & Yeovil Company and the way was cleared for the L.S.W.R.’s through main line from London to Exeter. [1: p833-834]

  • Railway Construction Costs

Caplan notes that railway construction costs almost inevitably exceeded estimates made by companies and thus the provision made for financing the construction and operation of a line by Parliament. Troubles arose:

“because of unforeseen engineering problems, … [and/or] the high costs of acquiring land and fighting rival promoters. … It is worth recalling that the costs of railway construction in Britain were strikingly high; it was stated in Parliament in 1858 that the average cost had been ₤33,000 a mile, compared with only £9,000 a mile in the United States, where land was so cheap and built-up areas so few. [1: p834]

Many of the 1858 Acts were designed to deal with money matters. This was true of:

  • The Cromford & High Peak Railway Act, 1858
The Cromford & High Peak Railway – Sheep Pasture Incline in 1904: Class 1P LNWR 2-4-0T ‘Chopper’ locomotive is ascending on the winding rope. The locomotive is using power to assist the stationary engine at the top of the plane. The catchpit between the tracks is a safety device to catch runaway waggons in the event of the rope snapping. Note the Pointsman’s cabin on the right at the convergence of the tracks, © Public Domain. [16]

This Act authorised:

“the Cromford & High Peak Railway Company to raise further Sums of Money; and for other Purposes. This unique railway was incorporated in 1826, and the company was given power in 1855 to raise more money, and to re-organise its capital structure. The 1858 Act referred to the ‘improvement of their railway, and they have laid out considerable sums of money upon that portion of the line which is situate between the junction of the Stockport, Disley & Whaley Bridge Railway and the station near the town of Buxton, and such expenditure has been beneficial to the company and the public and a considerable increase of traffic has arisen upon the railway’. The 1858 Act authorised the Cromford & High Peak to raise another £60,000 capital in the form of 3,000 more 6% preference shares of £20, and to raise £20,000 by mortgage.” [1: p834]

Interestingly, Caplan states, “All of the Acts dealing with financial powers of railway companies contained a clause of great … importance in relation to the Railway Mania of the 1840s, and the chequered career of George Hudson, the ‘Railway King’.“[1: p834] This clause stated:

“It shall not be lawful for the company, out of any money by this Act authorised to be raised by calls in respect of shares or by the exercise of any power of borrowing, to pay to any shareholder interest or dividends on the amount of the calls made in respect of the shares held by him in the capital by this Act authorised.” [1: p834]

Caplan explains that “The Hudson Empire had been built up only at the expense of the integrity of the various companies’ capital, and there had been cases of dividends being paid out of capital instead of out of genuine net earnings. It was these irregular dividend payments which helped to stimulate the public demand for railway shares, and thus led to the fantastic boom of 1845-46 in which railway promoters were offering the public the prospect of even 14 or 15 per cent. interest. The collapse of the boom, and the investigation of company accounts, led Parliament to insist on this standard clause to prohibit dividend payments out of capital.” [1: p834]

George Hudson controlled a significant part of the railway network in the 1840s. He had the title “The Railway King” conferred on him by Sydney Smith in 1844, © Public Domain. [17]

George Hudson controlled a significant part of the railway network in the 1840s. He had the title “The Railway King” conferred on him by Sydney Smith in 1844. He played a major role in linking London to Edinburgh by rail. He also formed the first significant merger of railway companies, creating the Midland Railway, and developed his home city of York into a major railway junction. He represented Sunderland in the House of Commons. However, his “success was built on dubious financial practices and he frequently paid shareholders out of capital rather than money the company had earned.” [8]

There were a series of railway mergers over the 1850s. Caplan say that “the process of railway amalgamation continued in 1858, as some of the smaller and financially-weaker companies found it impossible to carry on, and a number of Acts provided for amalgamation by outright purchase or for such close financial and working arrangements that the companies concerned lost all effective independence.” [1: p834] Caplan mentions one in particular:

  • The Inverury & Old Meldrum Junction Railway

On 11th June 1858, this railway was authorised “to be leased in perpetuity to the Great North of Scotland Railway for a rental of £650 per year, payable half-yearly. … A very modest sum for the lease of a railway but the Inverury & Old Meldrum Junction was a very small railway.” [1: p834]

The route of the Inverury & Old Meldrum Junction Railway. [9]

The authorising Act for the Inverury and Old Meldrum Junction Railway received the Royal Assent on 15th June 1855, a necessary capital of £22,000 was authorised. The line was “5 miles 1194 yards in length, from a junction at Inverurie. The station at that time was some distance south of the present one; the Old Meldrum branch line ran alongside the main line for nearly a mile before diverging. The engineer was John Willet. There were few engineering complications in constructing the line, the biggest work being a 50-foot girder bridge over the River Ury.” [9][10: p7-9][11][12]

The capital was raised mainly locally, and construction was completed quickly and cheaply, being ready by June 1856 at a low cost of about £5,000 per mile. The opening to passengers took place on Thursday 26th June 1856. [9][10: p7-9][13]

In 1866 the Great North of Scotland Railway (GNoSR) set about incorporating several branch line leases into the parent company; the Oldmeldrum company was one of them. The £650 annual lease rental was converted to £13,810 of new GNoSR Old Meldrum preference stock. Parliament authorised the change on 1 August 1866. Ordinary shareholders got £3 of GNoSR stock for their £10 shares. [9][10: p7-9][13]

In 1930 passenger receipts had totalled £243, which represented a loss in working of £718. It was hardly sustainable to continue such an operation, and the LNER closed the passenger service from 2 November 1931. [9][10: p58][18: p315]

The basic goods service to Oldmeldrum continued, but it too became unsupportable in the 1960s, and it was closed on 3 January 1966.[18: p315] It was later used for a while for wagon storage.[9][10: p65]

  • The Manchester South Junction & Altrincham Railway

This railway was authorised by Parliament in 1845 and was jointly owned by the London & North Western and the Manchester, Sheffield and Lincolnshire railways.

Caplan says that:

“It is not surprising that the railway companies concerned in the operation of joint lines did not always see eye to eye, and one Act of 1858 brings clearly above the surface some of the difficulties which arose. This was the ‘Act to improve the management of the Manchester South Junction & Altrincham Railway’. …. The M.S.J.A.R. …. was managed by a board of six directors, three nominated by each company, and two chairmen, each company appointing one. The chairmen were to preside alternately at board meetings and the presiding chairman had a casting vote in the event of a tie.

“Such an arrangement was bound to cause trouble at times and as the preamble to the 1858 Act said ‘it has been found that in cases where the interests of the London & North Western and the Manchester, Sheffield & Lincolnshire Railway Companies differ the said provisions with respect to the chairman of the board of directors produce great inconvenience and delay, and that resolutions passed by the said board under one chairman are often rescinded by a subsequent board under another chairman.” The preamble went on to refer to the competition between the parent companies: inasmuch as the two companies work over and are competitors for much of the traffic which is or may be conveyed over the South Junction Railway, and the questions therefore between them are likely to be multiplied, it is essential to the public convenience and to the proper use of the South Junction Railway…

“The Act provided that in future the chairman presiding over any board meeting should not have a casting vote. Instead, the parent companies were to appoint each December an arbitrator and, in the event of failure to agree on an arbitrator, the Board of Trade was to make this appointment. The arbitrator’s term of office was fixed at one year, though he could be re-appointed. The arbitrator was given the power to decide disputed matters in cases where there was a tie in voting at the board of the South Junction Railway. [1: p834-835]

The route map of the Manchester, South Junction and Altrincham Railway as at December 1931, © Ian Threlfall and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 2.5). [19]
  • A Station near Victoria Street, Pimlico and a Railway to Connect it with the West End of London & Crystal Palace Railway at Battersea

Caplan says that the continued growth of towns and passenger traffic required big changes in station arrangements, and a particularly interesting Act of 1858 concerned London. This was:

“‘An Act to authorise the construction of a station near Victoria Street, Pimlico, in the County of Middle-sex, and of a railway to connect the same with the West End of London & Crystal Palace Railway at Battersea in the County of Surrey, in order to afford improved communication between certain of the railways south of the Thames and the western districts of the Metro-polis; and for other purposes’.

This was indeed a major scheme of passenger traffic improvement – the authorised capital was £675,000. The existing terminus of the West End of London & Crystal Palace Railway was South of the Thames at Battersea – it was, however, called ‘Pimlico’ – and this was not at all convenient for the West End. Pimlico Station was opened in March, 1858, and the new Victoria Station authorised by the 1858 Act was opened in October, 1860, so that the ‘West End Terminus’ south of the River had the shortest of lives.” [1: p835][20]

The Victoria Station and Pimlico Railway (VS&PR) was by the Victoria Station and Pimlico Railway Act 1858 on 23 July 1858. to build Victoria Station, Grosvenor Bridge over the River Thames, and a length of line to Connect with the London & Crystal Palace Railway. The company later leased its lines and stations to the LB&SCR and the London Chatham and Dover Railway (LC&DR) but continued in existence until December 1922 when it was very briefly amalgamated with the South Eastern Railway before becoming part of the Southern Railway as a result of the Railways Act 1921, which created the Big Four on 1 January 1923.

Victoria Railway Station in the 21st century, © AvidWriter123 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0).  [21]
  • The Act to Amend the Law Relating to Cheap Trains

In 1844, ‘Gladstone’s Act’ was passed ‘to attach certain Conditions to the Construction of future Railways’. Although about the general regulation of the railways, Gladstone’s Act was known as the charter of third class passengers who suffered a miserable time travelling on those railways that thought it worthwhile recognising their existence!

Caplan says that:

” Parliament’s aim in Clause VI of the 1844 Act was to ‘secure to the poorer class of travellers the means of travelling by railway at moderate fares, and in carriages in which they may be protected from the weather’ and at least one train a day in each direction on all main, junction and branch lines was to provide such facilities. Parliament specified the fare to be charged: ‘The fare or charge for each third class passenger by such train shall not exceed one penny for each mile travelled’.

“However, there was room here for disagreement about the proper basis of charging for fractions of a mile travelled. Hardened as we are by the course of inflation, we may be tempted to smile at the thought of Parliament moving in all its majesty in 1858 to lay down that fractions of a mile must be charged for at a specific rate, but farthings and halfpennies were real money a hundred years ago. The Victorians-individuals and railway companies were unlikely to dismiss farthings and halfpennies as insignificant quite apart from the question of the principle of the thing.

“So it was that Clause 1 of the Cheap Trains Act, 1858, prescribed the method of charging for fractions of a mile on journeys by the ‘Parliamentary Trains’: ‘When the distance travelled by any third class passenger by any train run in accordance with the provisions [of the 1844 Act] is a portion of a mile, and does not exceed one mile, the fare for such portion of a mile may be one penny, or when such distance amounts to one mile, or two or more miles, and a portion of another mile, the fare or charge for each such portion of a mile, if the same amounts to or exceeds one half mile, may be one halfpenny’.” [1: p835, p860]

The first page of the Act referred to as the ‘Cheap Trains Act’. It is worth noting that the Act sought not only to amend the law relating to Cheap Trains but also to restrain the Exercise of certain powers by Canal Companies being also Railway Companies. [22]

The ‘Cheap Trains Act’ was actually also intended to curb railway companies from monopolizing transport by abusing their control over acquired canal networks. It regulated the leasing of canals by railway companies, ensuring they couldn’t stifle competition, while also addressing railway pricing.

The Act specifically addressed concerns that railway companies, having bought up canals, would allow them to fall into disrepair or charge prohibitive tolls to force traffic onto the rails.

It also restricted any ‘Canal or Navigation Company, being also a Railway Company’ from leasing other canals or railways without parliamentary authority, preventing the massive consolidation of transport networks by a few rail companies.

It sought to maintain the viability of independent canal carriers against ‘Railway and Canal Companies’.

It also sought to strengthen the provisions of the Railway and Canal Traffic Act 1854 which forced canal and rail companies to provide ‘reasonable facilities’ for transport.

The 1858 Act was later made perpetual by the Cheap Trains Act 1860. It acted as a protection mechanism for the waning canal industry against aggressive railway competition during the expansion of the UK’s rail network.

However, the 1860 Act was not Parliament’s last word on the subject of Cheap Trains. A further Act was passed in 1883. It was known as the ‘Cheap Trains Act’. The 1883 spurred the expansion of affordable ‘workmen’s trains’. It abolished or reduced passenger duty (duty not fares) for companies charging less than a penny a mile, requiring them to provide sufficient services for working-class commuters, particularly in urban areas. [23] It obliged the railway companies to operate a larger number of cheap trains. [24]

That 1883 Act also consolidated the Law relating to the conveyance of the Queen’s Forces by Railway. [23]

Some railways in London were already operating workmen’s trains although they were often overcrowded and inconveniently timed. Although the act was opposed by some railway officers, notably Sir Edward Watkin of the Manchester, Sheffield and Lincolnshire Railway, the number of cheap suburban services increased greatly. During the 20th century, the appearance of competing road services meant that the railways were forced to reduce their fares. So few services eventually attracted duty that the act was abolished in the Finance Act 1929.” [24]

Further Acts of Parliament relating to railways were not considered worth noting by Caplan, some of these are covered in Appendix 2.

Returning to Caplan’s article, he concludes by saying that, “No railway enthusiast should be deterred from the thought of looking into Acts of Parliament by the mistaken impression that they are dry as dust. Many of them bring the ‘Railway Age’ before us in the most vivid way.” [1: p860]

Hopefully this review of his article has further emphasised the value of reading through relevant Acts of Parliament to gain a better understanding of railway history.

References

  1. N. Caplan; Parliament and Railways in 1858; in The Railway Magazine, December 1958; Tothill Press, London, 1958, p833-835 & p860.
  2. https://www.parliament.uk/globalassets/documents/commons-information-office/l12.pdf, accessed on 11th April 2026.
  3. https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Vict/21-22/34/enacted, accessed on 11th April 2026.
  4. https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Vict/21-22/75/enacted, accessed on 11th April 2026.
  5. https://powysenc.weebly.com/railways-central—lnwr.html, accessed on 11th April 2026.
  6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knighton,_Powys#:~:text=Otherwise%2C%20Knighton%20was%20remote%20from,Alexis%20Korner%2C%20who%20also%20performed, accessed on 11th April 2026.
  7. https://www.ekeving.se/ext/uk/Report_1858/62-65.pdf, accessed on 18th April 2026.
  8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/George_Hudson, accessed on 30th April 2026.
  9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inverury_and_Old_Meldrum_Junction_Railway, accessed on 30th April 2026.
  10. Duncan McLeish; Rails to Banff, Macduff and Oldmeldrum: Three Great North of Scotland Railway Branch Lines; Great North of Scotland Railway Association, 2014, p7-9.
  11. Donald J Grant; Directory of the Railway Companies of Great Britain; Matador, Kibworth Beauchamp, 2017, p278.
  12. H A Vallance; The Great North of Scotland Railway; David and Charles, Dawlish, 1965, p59-60.
  13. David Ross; The Great North of Scotland Railway: A New History; Stenlake Publishing, p40, 83, 222 & 223.
  14. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5915861, accessed on 1st May 2026.
  15. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/15jqh5tCYcw, accessed on 1st May 2026.
  16. http://www.pittdixon.go-plus.net/c+hpr/c+hpr.htm, accessed on 1st May 2026.
  17. https://www.jorvik.co.uk/george-hudson, accessed on 1st May 2026.
  18. John Thomas & David Turnock; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain: Volume 15, North of Scotland; David and Charles, Newton Abbot, 1989.
  19. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:MSJAR_map.jpg, accessed on 1st May 2026.
  20. These developments were described in The Railway Magazine in October 1956 and March 1958.
  21. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Victoria_Bus_and_Railway_Station.jpg, accessed on 1st May 2026.
  22. https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Vict/21-22/75/enacted, accessed on 2nd May 2026.
  23. https://vlex.co.uk/vid/cheap-trains-act-1883-808185373, accessed on 2nd May 2026.
  24. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cheap_Trains_Act_1883, accessed on 2nd May 2026.

Appendix 1

Committee of Privy Council for Trade &c. p62-65.

The Clauses in the Railways Acts of the 1858 Session of Parliament giving Powers to the Board of Trade are to the following effect:

Construction of Works

Alyth Railway Act, 1858, c. 43. s. 28., &c. —Provides that the junction with the Scottish North-Eastern Railway, in case of differ­ence, is to be made according to a plan approved of by an engineer appointed by the Board of Trade previously to the commencement of such work; and any difference as to the nature or necessity of the signals and other works at the junction, the same to be referred to arbitration or the decision of an engineer, to be appointed by the Board of Trade, at the option of the Scottish North-Eastern Company.

Andover and Redbridge Railway Act, 1858, c. 82. s. 22., &c. — Provides that the Company are not to proceed with any works affecting the Bishopstoke and Salisbury Railway, or any of the works of the London and South-Western Railway Company, until they shall have delivered to that Company a plan, &c. of the pro­posed works, and obtained the approval thereof of the principal engineer; but if he shall not certify his approval within one calendar month of the delivery of such plan, &c., and shall fail to furnish within such period a plan of executing the works satisfactory to that Company, the Andover Company may submit a plan, &c., to the Board of Trade, and on the same being certified, proceed to the execution of the works, &c.

The Company shall also so make and maintain the Branch Railway as to enable the London and South-Western Company to make a convenient junction between it and the Southampton and Dorchester Railway; and any difference with reference thereto is to be settled by the arbitrator of the Board of Trade, and the Company are not to open the railway between Romsey and Red­bridge, or any part thereof, for public traffic, unless they simul­taneously open for traffic the branch railway.

Banbridge, Lisburn, and Belfast Railway Act, 1858, c. 46. s. 32. — Provides that in case of difference with respect to any works for effecting the communication with the Ulster Railway and the Banbridge Junction Railway, the same is to be determined by an engineer, to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

Caledonian Railway (Branch to Port Carlisle Railway) Act, 1858, c. 66. s. 5. — Provides that all communications between the Branch
Railway authorized by this Act and the Port Carlisle Railway, in case of difference, are to be effected by means of connexion rails, and points of such construction, and laid in such manner as shall he determined by an engineer to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

Devon Valley Railway Act,, 1858, c. 122. s. 26., &c. — Provides that in case of difference, the junctions of the railway with the Tillicoultry Branch of the Stirling and Dunfermline Railway, and with the Fife and Kinross Railway, are to be made according to a plan to be approved of by an engineer to be appointed by the Board of Trade; and any difference as to the nature or necessity of the works to be constructed at such junctions shall be referred to arbitration, or the decision of an engineer to be appointed by the Board of Trade, at the option of the Stirling Company or the Fife and Kinross Company respectively. A certain road in the parish of Dollar is to be carried over the railway by a stone bridge, to the satisfaction of the engineers of the Company and the landowners named in the Act, or in case of difference, of an engineer to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

Dublin and Meath Railway Act, 1858, c. 119. — Provides that communications between the railways authorized by the Act and the railway of any other Company, shall be made to the satisfac­tion of the engineer of the Company with whose line such com­munication is to be made: and if such Company shall have no engineer, or the engineers shall differ, then such communications shall be made in the manner directed by an engineer to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

East Kent Railway ( Western Extension) Act, 1858, c. 107. s. 7., &c. — Provides that all communications between the railway and the Mid-Kent Railway (Bromley to St. Mary Cray), in case of dispute, shall be made in such manner as shall be directed by an engineer to be appointed by the Board of Trade. Before the Company open the railway for public traffic, they are to make a station at Sole Street at which all trains are to stop (except on Sundays), for the purpose of taking up and setting down passengers, goods &c., special or express, or mail trains, only excepted.

East Suffolk Railway (Branch and Capital) Act, 1858, c. 47. s. 10. — Provides that in case of difference as to the mode of making the communications with the Lowestoft Railway, or as to the works necessary or convenient for effecting the same, the matter is to be settled by the Board of Trade, or its arbitrator.

Eden Valley Railway Act, 1858, c. 14. s. 28. — Provides that in case of disputes as to the nature or necessity of the works at the junctions of the railway authorized by this Act with the Lancaster and Carlisle Railway, or the South Durham and Lancashire Union Railway, the matter shall be referred to arbitration, or to the decision of an engineer to be appointed by the Board of Trade, on the application of either of the Companies.

Exeter and Exmouth Railway Act, 1858, c. 56. s. 46. — Provides that if any carriageway be made across the railway on the level for the benefit or convenience of any person interested in the shore or river bank adjoining the railway, the mode of making and watching such crossing shall be subject to the approval of the Board of Trade.

Fife and Kinross and Kinross-shire Railways Junction and Joint Station Aci, 1858, c. 65. s. 5. &c. — Provides that the junction between the railways of the two Companies and the joint station at Kinross, and the bridge for carrying the Great North Road, &c. over the Kinross-shire Railway and the levels of the two railways, are to be made to the satisfaction of the engineers for the time being of the Companies, and in case of difference, of an engineer to be appointed by the Board of Trade, on the appli­cation of either Company.

Either of the Companies, on giving three months’ notice, may construct the joint station at Kinross, and will be entitled to recover from the other Company one moiety of the expense, as the same shall be certified by the engineers, or in case of differ­ence, by an engineer to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

Formartine and Buchan Railway Act, 1858, c. 108. s. 45., &c. — Provides that the Branch Railway to Ellon is to be constructed simultaneously with the main line from Dyce to Old Deer, and no part of the main line is to be opened to the public until the branch has been opened, and no part of the railway is to be opened until a double line of rails shall have been laid down upon the Great North of Scotland Railway between the point of junction at Dyce and Kittybrewster. Any difference as to the mode of effecting the communication with the Great North of Scotland Railway is to be determined by a referee, to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

Knighton Railway Act, 1858, c. 19. s. 22. — Provides that any difference as to the mode of effecting the communications with the Shrewsbury and Hereford Railway is to be determined by a referee, to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

Midland Great Western Railway o f Ireland (Clare Deviation) Act, 1858, r. 94. s. 9. —Provides that in case of difference with reference to any works for effecting the communication between the railway authorized by the Act and the Great Southern and Western Railway, the same is to be determined by an engineer, to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

Newport, Abergavenny, and Hereford Railway Act, 1858, r. 126. s. 7., &c. — Provides that a deviation is to be made in the Aberdare Canal, at the expense of the Company, and to be maintained and repaired by them during a period of five years; and if any dis­pute shall arise between them and the Canal Company touching the said matters, the same is to be determined by an engineer, to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

North British Railway Consolidation Act, 1858, c. 109. s. 49. — Provides that this Act repeals the prohibition against the use of locomotive engines on the Old Leith Branch Railway, and em­powers the Company to stop up such of the roads or accesses across the railway in the parish of South Leith as they may think fit, and to make provision for the crossing of the railway, at two or more points, by means of occupation or other roads, and to execute such works as may be necessary for adapting the railway to the use of locomotive engines, and to run the same thereon.

Portsmouth Railway Amendment Act, 1858, c. 101. s, 7., &c. — Provides that if any difference shall arise respecting the com­munication between the Portsmouth Railway and the railways belonging either jointly or separately to the Brighton and South- Western Companies, or as to the erection of signals at, and other matters connected with such junctions, the same is to be deter­mined by arbitration, in the manner provided by the Railways Clauses Consolidation Act, 1845, section 21. The Company are prohibited from appropriating any part of a certain road, called Blackfriars Road, belonging to the Landport and Southsea Commissioners; but they may and shall, for the purpose of forming a communication between their railway and the line of the Brighton and South-Western Companies at Landport, make sidings, with two lines of rails, within the limit of deviation, across and on the level of the said road, subject to the usual pro­visions in reference to crossing roads on the level, and to such other reasonable regulations as may be agreed on between them and the surveyor, or, in case of dispute, as shall be settled by an officer to be appointed by the Board of Trade.

Redditch Railway Act, 1858, c. 137. s. 36. — Provides that the bridge for carrying the railway over the Worcester and Birming­ham Canal is to be constructed, as to its position, form, and dimensions, to the satisfaction of the engineer of the Railway and Canal Companies, and, in the event of disagreement, to the satis­faction of an engineer to be approved by the Board of Trade.

Symington, Biggar, and Broughton Railway Act, 1858, c. 15. s. c25., &c. —Provides that in case of difference as to the mode of effecting the junction with the Caledonian Railway, the same is to be made according to a plan approved of by an engineer, to be appointed by the Board of Trade previously to the commencement of the works; and any question as to the nature or necessity of works at the junction, in case of dispute, is to be referred to arbi­tration, or to the decision of the Board of Trade, at the option of the Caledonian Company.

Whitehaven Junction Railway (New Branches) Act, 1858, c. 127. s. 27. — Provides that if the Company shall be required by the Lords of the Admiralty, under the provisions of this Act, to make any carriageway across the railway on the level, for the purpose of affording access to the seashore, then the manner of making and watching such level crossing shall be subject to the approval of the Board of Trade, and the Company shall not be liable for the expenses of watching such level crossing.

Additional Rails

East Suffolk Railway (Branch and Capital) Act, 1858, c. 47. s. 27. — Provides that the main line from the Leiston Junction to Halesworth, and the part from Halesworth to Haddiscoe, are to be completed, so that two lines of railway may be laid down when and as the Company think proper; and if the Company shall not lay down two such lines of rails, then when it shall appear to the Board of Trade that another line of rails, in addition to the single line of rails on such portions, is required for the public accommo­dation.

Portsmouth Railway Amendment Act, 1858, c. 101. — Provides that if the gross annual proceeds of the traffic on the line between Godalming and Havant for three consecutive years shall average £45,000, the Company, on request of the Board of Trade, shall lay down an additional line of rails, raising such an amount of additional capital as may be necessary for that purpose.

Lease, Sale or Amalgamation

East Suffolk Railway Companies Amalgamation Act, 1858, c. 111. s. 3. and s. 43., &c. — Provides that from the passing of the Act the undertakings of the East Suffolk Company, the Yarmouth and Haddiscoe Company, and the Lowestoft and Beccles Com­pany were united and consolidated into one undertaking.

The Company may grant a lease of their undertaking to Sir M. Peto for any term not exceeding 21 years, determinable on 12 months’ notice, after a resolution by the Company that such lease shall be determined, provided that if within three months after such notice the lessee shall apply to the Board of Trade and object to the determination of such lease, then the resolution and notice shall have no force or effect, unless the Board of Trade shall be of opinion that the lease is injurious to the public in­terests, and shall confirm such resolution. Any shareholder, voting against such resolution, within three months may require the Company to purchase the shares, in respect of which he voted, at par.

South Devon and Tavistock Railway Act, 1858, c. 102. s. 3. — Provides that lease to the South Devon Company, with consent of Shareholders of both Companies, the Company still remaining liable to the provisions of the 30th section, 17 & 18 Vict. c. 189, as to laying down additional rails on the narrow gauge, if required so to do by the Board of Trade: the terms and conditions of using the same by any Company, in case of dispute, are to be settled and adjusted by the Board of Trade.

Staines, Wokingham, and Woking Railway Act, 1858, c. 58. s. 19., &c. — Provides that the Company may lease all or any part of their undertaking to the South-Western Company, with consent of shareholders of both Companies. The lease, at the expiration of every ten years, to be subject to such modification as the Board of Trade may consider necessary to protect the public interests.

Ulverstone and Lancaster Railway Act, 1858, c. 98. s. 42., &c. — Provides for lease or sale to the Furness Company of all or any part of the undertaking; the terms to be approved of by the Board of Trade.

Vale of Towy Railway (Leasing) Act, 1858, c. 147. s. 3. — Provides that the Company may lease for a period of 10 years their undertaking to the Llanelly Railway and Dock Company, such lease to be approved of by the Board of Trade.


Use of Railway Station, &c.

Fife and Kinross and Kinrosshire Railways Junction and Joint Station Act, 1858, c. 65. s. 17., &c. — Declares that the manage­ment and maintenance of the joint station are in the Companies; but in the event of any difference thereon, or on any other ques­tions relating to the use and working of such station, or as to the expense thereof, the same is to be settled by an arbitrator, to be appointed by the Board of Trade. The Companies may agree with the Edinburgh, Perth, and Dundee Company with respect to the use and working of the railways authorized by this Act on the terms of the Fife and Kinross Railway Act, 1855, and the Kinrosshire Railway Act, 1857.

London, Brighton, and South Coast Railway (New Lines) Act, 1858, c. 84. s. 27., Sec. — Provides that the Company and all per­sons lawfully using their railway, may likewise use the Mid-Sussex Railway Stations, &c.; and in case of dispute as to the time, conditions, and regulations respecting the use thereof, the same shall be determined by the Board of Trade, or its arbitrator.

London and North-Western Railway (Additional Works) Act, 1858, c. 131. s. 12. — Provides that the Company, and the Great Western Company may, if they shall think fit, instead of proceeding with the arbitration under the provisions of 17 & 18 Vict. c. 200., for the separation and allotment of the joint station at Wolverhampton, known as the High Level Station, or in addition thereto, so far as the same shall not extend, make and carry into effect agreements for the appropriation and allotment to and between, or to either of them, of the whole or any part of such station ; and upon such appropriation and allotment being completed and approved of by the Board of Trade, the several portions shall vest in the Stour Valley and Great Western Com­ panies accordingly. The portion which may be assigned to the Stour Valley Company shall be deemed to be included in the lease to the London and North-Western Company.

Portsmouth Railway Amendment Act, 1858, c. 101. s. 25. — Provides that the Company, and all other companies lawfully using the Portsmouth Railway, may pass over and use so much of the railway of the Brighton Company as will be situated be­tween the point of junction with that railway, in the parish of Havant, and the Portsmouth Railway, and the point at or near Hilsea Redoubt, where the Brighton Railway unites with the line to Portsmouth belonging to the Brighton and South-Western Companies, and also of their line to Portsmouth between the said point at Hilsea Redoubt and the terminus of the said railway at the Landport road, in the parish of Portsea, and also so much of the line of the South-Western Company as will be situate between the point of junction therewith of the intended railway firstly de­scribed in this Act, and the before-mentioned point at Hilsea Redoubt. The terms and conditions of such user are to be settled, failing agreement between the Companies, by their principal engineers, or their umpire, or, failing such appointment, by some person to be appointed by the Board of Trade. The right of user of the joint station at Landport is limited to traffic conveyed on the public service, but the Companies may agree for the use thereof for the general traffic.

The Portsmouth Company, in working or using the railway of the Brighton and South-Western Companies, is to observe the regulations and bye-laws of the Companies in force on the rail­ways so used, as far as the same shall be applicable to the Portsmouth Company; and in case of dispute respecting such regulations or bye-laws, or the mode in which the powers or privileges given by the Act shall be exercised, or the regulations to be adopted exclusively for the convenience or accommodation to be afforded to the traffic of the Portsmouth Company, the same shall be settled as before-mentioned, provided that neither such regulations and bye-laws, so far as they affect the Ports­mouth Company, nor the award thereon of the engineers, or their umpire, shall have any force unless the same shall have been confirmed by the Board of Trade. Any award of an umpire may be reconsidered by order of the Board of Trade.

Traffic Arrangements.

Alyth Railway Act, 1858, c. 48. s. 47., &c. —Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Scottish North-Eastern, and Edinburgh and Perth, and Dundee Companies, or either of them. Agreement limited to ten years, and to be assented to by the shareholders of the several Companies in special meeting, and to be approved of by the Board of Trade.

Athenry and Tuam Railway Act, 1858, c. 112. s. 44., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Midland Railway of Ireland Company. Agreement limited to ten years, and to be assented to by the shareholders of the Companies in general meeting, and to be approved of by the Board of Trade.

Banbridge, Lisburn, and Belfast Railway Act, 1858, c. 46. s. 44, &c. —Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Ulster, the Dublin and Belfast Junction, and the Banbridge Junction Companies, or either of them. Agreement limited to ten years, to be assented to by the shareholders of the Companies parties thereto, and approved of by the Board of Trade.

Caledonian Railway (Branch to Port Carlisle Railway) Act, 1858, r. 66. s. 16., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Port Carlisle Company and the Carlisle and Silloth Bay Company, or either of them. Agreement limited to ten years, to be assented to by the shareholders of each Company, and to be approved of by the Board of Trade.

Cleveland Railway Act, 1858, c. 114. s. 40. —Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the West Hartlepool Com­pany. Agreement to be assented to by the shareholders of the Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade. On the expiration of ten years from the commencement of any agreement, the Board of Trade may cause the same to be revised, and the Board is empowered to declare that, if any modification required by it be not agreed to by the Companies, then, at the expiration of twelve months after notice given to the Companies of such modification being required, the said agreement shall determine.

East Kent Railway (Western Extension) Act, 1858, c. 107. s. 17., &c. — Provides for the due transmission of traffic to or from any part of the railways belonging to the South-Eastern Company, to or from any part of the railways belonging to the East Kent Railway Company, and empowers the Board of Trade, in case of dispute as to the nature and extent of the accommo­dation to be afforded by the latter Company, and the rates of charge at which the several services required of it shall be per­formed, to settle the terms and conditions. The Company and the West London and Crystal Palace Company may enter into traffic arrangements. Agreement limited to ten years, to be assented to by the shareholders of both Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade. Any question or difference which
may arise between the Companies with reference to the construc­tion of any such agreement, is to be settled by the Board of Trade, or its arbitrator.

East Suffolk Railway Companies Amalgamation Act, 1858, c. 111. s. 50. &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be en­tered into with the Eastern Counties Company, the Norfolk Company, and the Eastern Union Company. Agreement to be assented to by the shareholders of the several Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade, and to be liable to revision by that Board at the expiration of every ten years. If the revision proposed by the Board of Trade be not agreed to, the Board may declare that the agreement, at the expiration of twelve months, shall determine.

Eden Valley Railway Act, 1858, c. 14. s. 39., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Stockton and Darling­ton Company, the Lancaster and Carlisle Company, and the South Durham and Lancashire Union Company, or either of them. Agreement to be assented to by the shareholders of the several Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade, and to be liable to revision by that Board on the expiration of every ten years. If the revision proposed by the Board of Trade be not agreed to, the Board may declare that the agreement, at the ex­piration of twelve months, shall determine. The South Durham Company are required by the Act to afford all proper facilities for the due transmission of the traffic.

Exeter and Exmonth Railway Act, 1858, c. 56. s. 63., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the South- Western Company. Agreement to be assented to by the share­ holders of both Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade. At the expiration of ten years after the date of any such agreement, if the Board of Trade is of opinion that the agreement is adverse to the public interests, it may require the Companies to modify the terms and conditions thereof.

Formartine and Buchan Railway Act, 1858, c. 108. s. 52., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Great North of Scotland Company. Agreement limited to ten years, to be assented to by the shareholders of both Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade.

Great Northern and Manchester, Sheffield and Lincolnshire Rail­way Companies Act, 1858, c. 113. s. 1., &c. — Provides that the Companies from time to time during 50 years, with assent of share­ holders, and approval of the Board of Trade, may enter into agree­ment with respect to the conduct of the traffic. The Manchester Company is to afford to the London and North-Western, or any other Company on demand, all reasonable facilities for the for­warding of traffic between Liverpool and the port of Great Grimsby, and between any other station of the London and North-Western Railway and the same port, or between any sta­tion of such other Company and the port of Great Grimsby; and any difference as to the facilities to be afforded, or as to the amount of the rates, is to be settled from time to time by an arbitrator, to be appointed by the Board of Trade. It is not incumbent on the Manchester Company to afford any such facilities, unless the Company applying shall afford to them similar facilities between the same places.

Great Northern and Western (of Ireland) Railway Act, c. 96. s. 21., &c. — Provides that agreements which the Companies may enter into under the 20 & 21 Vict. c. 84., may be for such periods as the Companies think fit. Any such agreement, at the expira­tion of ten years from the date or revision thereof, is liable to the revision of the Board of Trade, if the Board shall be of opinion that the public interests are injuriously affected by it.

Knighton Railway Act, 1858, c. 19. s. 43., &c. —Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Shrewsbury and Here­ford Company. Agreement limited to ten years, to be assented to by the shareholders of both Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade.

Liskeard and Looe Railway Act, 1858, c. 1 1 . s. 33., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Liskeard and Caradon Company. Agreement limited to ten years, to be assented to by the shareholders of both Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade.

South-Western Railway (Works and Capital) Act, 1858, c. 89. .v. 33., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Wimbledon and Dorking Company and the Exeter and Exmouth Company, with consent of shareholders, and approval of the Board of Trade, which Board, at the end of every ten years, may call on the Companies to modify the terms and conditions of the agreements if the Board shall be of opinion that the public interests are thereby injuriously affected.

North Yorkshire and Cleveland Railway Act, 1858, c. 134. s. 25., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the North-Eastern Company. Agreement limited to ten years, to be assented to by shareholders of both Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade.

Redditch Railway Act, 1858, c. 137. s. 26., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Midland Company. Agreement limited to ten years, to be assented to by the share­ holders of both Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade.

Stokes Bay Railway and Pier Act, 1858, c. 50. s. 10., &c — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the London and South-Western Company. Agreement limited to 10 years; to be assented to by the shareholders of both Companies, and approved of by the Board of Trade.

Symington, Biggar and Broughton Railway Act, 1858, c. 15. s. 46., &c. — The Act confirms an agreement for ten years, already entered into by the Company with the Caledonian Com­pany, and provides that during the present or any future agree­ment, the tolls and charges shall be those contained in the Caledonian Railway Act 1845. The agreement may be renewed with assent of shareholders and approval of the Board of Trade.

Ulverstone and Lancaster Bailway Act, 1858, c. 98. s. 42., &c. — Provides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Fur­ness Company. Agreement to be assented to by the shareholders of both Companies, and to be approved of by the Board of Trade, and to be subject, at the end of every ten years, to be modified in such manner as the Board may consider necessary for the public interests.

Victoria Station and Pimlico Railway, Act 1858, c. 118. — Pro­vides that a traffic agreement may be made with the Brighton Company, the Crystal Palace Railway Company, and the East Kent Company, or any one or more of them. Agreement to be assented to by the shareholders, and approved of by the Board of Trade, and to be subject, at the end of every ten years, to such revision as the Board of Trade may consider neces­sary. In the schedule to the Act is set out an agreement between the Company and the East Kent Company. The Act defines the west end traffic of the East Kent Company therein referred to to be traffic for which the Company’s intended station will, as regards its situation, afford convenient accommodation for the western parts of the Metropolis, and the words “West End of the Metropolis,” in the said agreement, to be that portion of the Metropolis which may be conveniently accommodated by the said station. Any dispute with reference to the matters contained in the above provision is to be determined by the Board of Trade, or its arbitrator, or as to the rate of payment per passenger to be made by the East Kent Company being unreasonable, is to be determined by the Board of Trade, or its arbitrator, if the same be not settled by the Companies themselves.

Miscellaneous.

North British Railway Consolidation Act, 1858. — Provides that certain portions of the authorized railway belonging to the Com­pany are to be abandoned, and the Company are to make com­pensation to the owners of certain private roads, and to the trustees or surveyors of public roads, for the maintenance of bridges or tunnels erected by the Company under or over those roads, except when such bridges or tunnels shall, with the per­mission of the Board of Trade, be removed by the Company, and the roads restored to the satisfaction of the Board; sect. 48.

Appointment of Arbitrator.

Dublin and Meath Railway Act, 1858. — The Act appoints (section 25) an arbitrator in the case of certain lands required by the Company, and provides in a certain event that the Board of Trade shall appoint an arbitrator in the matter.

Manchester, South Junction, and Altrincham Railway Act, No. 2. — This is an Act to improve the management of the Manchester, South Junction, and Altrincham Railway. It enacts that the chairman of the Company shall not, in the case of an equality of votes at any meeting of the Board, have, in addition to his original vote, a casting vote; and that the London and North-Western Company and the Sheffield Company shall, in the month of December in every year, appoint an arbitrator, whose duty it will be to attend any meeting of the South Junction Board, if required so to do, and to decide upon any matter affecting the undertaking of the South Junction Company, on which there shall be an equality of votes, and which may be referred to him under the provisions of the Act. In case the Companies do not concur in the appointment of the arbitrator, upon the requisition in writing of either of them, the Board of Trade shall appoint the arbitrator.

Appendix 2

Several railway-related acts were passed in 1858 in the UK, focusing on specific company incorporations, extensions, and operational regulations.

Key examples, not referred to by Caplan, include the East Suffolk Railway Act and acts incorporating lines like the Symington, Biggar and Broughton Railway. These acts enabled the expansion of the UK rail network and facilitated improvements in infrastructure.

Numerous other local and private acts were passed, such as the Edinburgh and Glasgow and Stirling and Dunfermline Railways Act 1858 and the Staines, Wokingham and Woking Railway Act 1858.

The East Suffolk Railway Act 1858 provided regulations for connecting with other lines (such as the Lowestoft Railway) and required matters of dispute to be settled by the Board of Trade.

The Severn Valley Railway Extension Act extended the time allowed for completion of the railway.

There were some Indian Railway Acts as well. For example: the Great Southern of India Railway Company was formally established in 1858 to facilitate railway development in India. The Government of India Act 1858, while not exclusively a railway Act, transferred control of Indian territories (and their developing railway systems) from the East India Company to the British Crown.

Railways of Tanzania – Part 6 – The British Mandate and the Trust – The Years of British Rule including the approach of World War II

The featured image for this article is a photograph of the first ,’corridor’ mail train leaving Dar es Salaam in 1922. The locomotive is No. 1098 ex NGSR of India (later a TR NZ Class Locomotive), the carriages are from the former German Tanganjika-Express. The standard consist for the train during the German era was: 1 No. Postwagen (mail); 1 No. Packwagen (van); 1 No. Boy-Wagen (CC? for servants); 1 No. Küchenwagen (kitchen); 1 No. Speisewagen (dining-car); 2 No. Schlafwagen (AA sections, AAB sleeping-compartments). Under German control carriages were of varnished teak. Later Tanganyika Railways, carriages maroon/cream, then East African Railways, then Tanzania Railways. [1: p182][3]

The civil administration after the first world war was set up in Wilhelmstal In the Usambara hills. Wilhlemstal was renamed Lushoto. The location was inconvenient to say the least. “Lushoto was far from the Central Railway, communications were slow and irregular, and supervision of the outlying districts was necessarily sketchy. The sailings of ships between Tanga and Dar es Salaam were so haphazard that it often took six or seven weeks for the civil administration at Lushoto to receive a reply by letter from the military authorities in Dar es Salaam.” [1: p174]

Hill tells us that, “The Administrator had only accepted the extended responsibilities delimited by the Proclamation of 21st January 1918 [and additional areas included on 1st March 1918] on the understanding that the military authorities would release suitable accommodation in Dar es Salaam to the civil government. This agreement was not kept, and the civil administration remained at Lushoto until 12th February 1919, when its headquarters was transferred to Dar es Salaam. On 1st October 1918, the civil administration became responsible for the town of Dar es Salaam, and on 1st January 1919, for the districts of Lindi and Songea. On 31st January 1919, a Royal Commission appointed Sir Horace Byatt to be administrator of that part of German East Africa which was occupied by His Majesty’s Forces.” [1: p174]

Hill continues: “As a result of the Treaty of Peace with Germany, signed on 28th June 1919, Germany renounced, in favour of the Principal Allied and Associated Powers, all her rights over German East Africa. The Allied and Associated Powers then agreed – in conformity with Article 22, Part 1 (Covenant of the League of Nations) of the Treaty of Peace – that His Britannic Majesty should exercise a mandate to administer that part of German East Africa which became known as the Tanganyika Territory. On 22nd July 1920, the Tanganyika Order in Council constituted the office of Governor and Commander-in-Chief, and on 5th August, Sir Horace Byatt was appointed Governor.” [1: p174]

The Belgians were still administering the Kigoma district, the northern part of the Ufipa district and Biharamulo. These areas were handed over by the Belgians on 22nd March 1921, and there remained to be settled only the delimitation of the Anglo-Belgian boundary on the border of Ruanda-Urundi. The boundary originally drawn by the joint Commissioners provided a corridor for the possible construction of a railway connecting Tanganyika and Uganda, along the West side of the Kagera River. The line so drawn placed a small part of the Kingdom of Ruanda, known as the Lukira sub-district, in British territory. After joint Belgian and British representations to the Permanent Mandates Commission of the League of Nations, the midstream of the Kagera became the boundary between Tanganyika and Ruanda-Urundi. The Lukira sub-district was handed over to the Belgians in the December of 1923.” [1: p174-175]

At first the administration of occupied enemy territory had to be on a provisional basis. German ordinances and regulations were followed unless they were repugnant to British law. Until the enactment of a Courts Ordinance in 1920 political officers exercised the judicial powers conferred on them by the Commander-in-Chief. The German methods of administration were not greatly changed, and in the coastal districts political officers continued to rule through the Liwalis, [2] Akidas [2] and Jumbes. Unless they had shown anti-British sympathies, the African civil servants of the German administration were retained in the service of the new Government.” [1: p175]

Hill tells us that, “the recruitment of the staff required to administer a huge territory in the aftermath of a terrible war proved exceedingly difficult.” [1: p175] The official report states that “No sweeping measures [were] taken to dispense with the Akidas, [2] but though they remain[ed], their status [had] been radically altered. Their privileges [were] curtailed, their powers of punishment [were] taken away, and they [were] being closely supervised. When vacancies [occurred], the wishes of the people as to a successor [were] ascertained and, if possible, a local man of influence [was] selected in preference to an alien. Every endeavour [was] made to restore the old tribal organisations, and it [was] hoped that in course of time the German conception of the Akida system [2] [would] cease to exist, even though the name may remain.” [1: p175]

A census-taken in the April of 1921 – returned the population of Tanganyika as 4,107,000 Africans, 2,447 Europeans, 9,411 Indians, 4,782 Arabs and Baluchis and 798 Goans. Of the Europeans, 1,598 were British subjects, including 300 settlers from South Africa, and 300 were Greeks. The rest were Poles, Italians, Czechoslovaks, Swiss, Dutch, Belgians, French and Americans. With one or two exceptions all the Germans formerly resident in German East Africa were repatriated.” [1: p176]

“A Treasury was established at Lushoto towards the end of 1916, and on 1st January 1917, the accounting operations of all political officers in the northern area were transferred from military to civil control. In the March of 1918 the accounts of the political officers in the central area and on 1st January 1919, of the Songea and Lindi districts were also transferred.” [1: p176]

On 1st February 1919, the civil administration became responsible for the cost of the peacetime garrison of three battalions of the King’s African Rifles and on 1st April, for the cost of maintaining the railway. In the early years the revenue collected was adequate to meet the cost of the limited form of administration, but as its responsibilities expanded expenditure rapidly increased.” [1: p176]

The first British locomotive arriving at Dar es Salaam in 1916, © Public Domain. [1: p182]

One of the first purchases in 1916 was a series of four locomotives which were later to be known as the NZ Class. These were first purchased for the Nizam’s Guaranteed State Railway (NGSR) in India. They were built by Naysmith Wilson in 1915 and were commandeered to assist in the invasion of German East Africa in March 1916. Initially they carried their original NGSR numbering (NGSR 1095-1098). [9: p40] The numbering was adapted to include the letters ‘TR’ (TR 1095-8) and as such the locomotives were in service for many years. Finally, in the early 1930s, they were re-classified NZ, for Nizam, and renumbered 200-03. These locomotives had a long and distinguished career, remaining in service until after the amalgamation in 1948, when they became EAR 2201-4. [9: p54]

An NZ Class 4-8-0 locomotive in the later EAR livery – after the 1948 amalgamation. These locomotives became Class 22 locomotives under EAR control. This particular locomotive is EAR No. 2217, (c) Public Domain. [8]

Hill provides figures for revenue and expenditure of the administration in the years to 31st March 1920:

Revenue 1916/1917:      £128,622

Revenue 1917/1918:      £336,446

Revenue 1918/1919:      £461,842

Revenue 1919/1920:     £669,097

Total Revenue:          £1,586,007

Expenditure 1916/1917:       £35,116

Expenditure 1917/1918:    £157,285

Expenditure 1918/1919:   £383,097

Expenditure 1919/1920:  £790,026

Total Expenditure:        £1,366,524

Surplus balance 31st March 1920:  £230,483

As can be seen from the figures, 1919/1920 was the first year in which expenditure exceeded income. Expenditure from this time on was only going to increase.

Hill tells the story of the transition, outlining the move away from the German rupee. In 1921, the East African shilling became the standard coin in Tanganyika territory. He notes particular problems with shipping in the years after the cessation of hostilities. Delays also occurred in liquidation of the various German estates in the territory meaning grievous setbacks in the economic output of the territory.

Hill tells us that, “When the civil administration assumed responsibility for the Tanganyika Railways on 1st April 1919, an immense task of repair and reorganisation had to be tackled and the prospect of the railway system paying its way was dubious and remote. The Northern line [the Usambarabahn ](351.7 kms.), henceforth known as the Tanga Railway, had been severely damaged by the Germans. All ten of the major bridges, with aggregate spans of 260 metres, and 23 minor bridges, with aggregate spans of 160 metres, were blown up: most of the water tanks and pumps were destroyed; 30 miles of track were picked up and thrown into the bush, and 60 sets of points and crossings were damaged.” [1: p179]

“The Voi-Kahe line (149 kms.) lay mainly within Kenya. It was essentially a military railway built for purposes very different from the working of open-line traffic on a commercial basis.

On the Central line (1,244 kms.) most of the damage was between Dar es Salaam and Dodoma. The retreating Germans blew up 92 major bridges with aggregate spans of 2,200 metres and 14 minor bridges; more than 100 sets of points and crossings were destroyed, and most of the watering stations were damaged.

Hill tells us that “The advice of Lieut.-Colonel Hammond and of Mr. Gillman was set aside, and the General Manager, Lieut.-Colonel G. Maxwell, apparently changed his mind. In 1923, a scheme was submitted to the Governor for the construction of a line along the old German formation, from Tabora to Kahama, where it could collect traffic from the Kahama and Shinyanga districts. The contract for the construction of this section was let on 23rd February 1925, and railhead reached Isaka in 1926. Progress had been seriously checked by exceptionally heavy rains – 20 inches of rain fell in the last fortnight of November – but the first half of the eventual Mwanza line was a very cheap addition of 197 kilometres to the railway system. The first 120 kilometres, on the well-built German formation, with all the culverts and nearly all the bridges complete and in a remarkably sound state of repair after ten years of neglect, involved comparatively little work. Moreover, the light track lifted from the Central line between Dar es Salaam and Morogoro was sufficient for 160 kilometres of the Mwanza line. The total cost of the line from Mwanza to Shinyanga was, therefore, only £262,577, or about £1.335 per kilometre.” [1: p207-208]

As Hill recounted previously (recorded in the first of these articles) [4] temporary repairs were soon effected to the Tanga line and it was opened for through traffic by August 1916. The Central Line was working again by February 1917.

Nevertheless, the physical damage done to the lines was by no means made good while they were under military control. “The maintenance of the permanent way and of buildings was only undertaken in so far as it was necessary, The civil administration, therefore, had to repair the deterioration and destruction of the war, to sort out the consequent confusion and to build up an organisation suitable for peace conditions. The task was not aided by the failure to appoint a substantive General Manager until late in 1920, … nor by the fact that the section of the Central Railway from Tabora to Kigoma was not handed over by the Belgians until April 1921.” [1: p180]

Hill continues: “The administration also took over the Sigi narrow-gauge line (23 kms.), the Shume ropeway, both of which fed the Tanga line and had been little damaged by the Germans, and the Lindi narrow-gauge line (60 cms.). During the last two phases of the East African campaign three lines were built to carry supplies to the forces. From the Central line a branch, 25 kilometres long, was built from Dodoma towards the Great Ruaha, but the rails were soon picked up as they were needed elsewhere. A short tramline in-land from Kilwa was also soon picked up. The Lindi line originally ran from Mingoyo to Mtua. It was later extended for about 4 miles down the creek towards Lindi and then from Mtua through Ndanda to Masasi, giving a total length of about 90 miles. The rails varied in weight from 12 lb. to 20 lb. to the lineal yard, and the steepest grade was 1 in 50 up from the coast and 1 in 33 down to the coast. At first neither the Shume ropeway nor the Lindi line was operated. On the Lindi line there were sufficient tractors and wagons to run a service if the track were repaired.” [1: p180]

On both the Tanga and the Central Railways permanent repairs were started in 1919. On the Tanga line it was possible to postpone the repairs to a few bridges, as the temporary structures were sound enough to last for at least another year. In fact, several lasted for many years. The permanent repairs to both lines, with the exception of several bridges, were completed by the end of 1922. During 1919 and 1920 the permanent way was maintained in fair order, but stretches near the coast still showed signs of the long neglect during the years of war. Fortunately, the good design and construction of much of the permanent way enabled it to withstand the ravages of neglect better than had been expected. A great deal of bush clearing had to be undertaken. During the war, the bush had been allowed to encroach towards the track, thereby threatening the telegraph lines and blocking the line of vision from the footplates of engines.” [1: p180-181]

A significant programme of repairs to station buildings and staff quarters was also required. “These buildings were generally of a high standard of construction, considerably superior to those on the Uganda Railway – but maintenance and repairs had been neglected for years. A lack of funds and technical supervision made it impossible to tackle more than the most urgent repairs. The Germans only provided quarters for the European staff of the railways and left many of the Asian and all the African staff to fend for themselves. An official report for 1920 stated: ‘The state of the quarters for the Asian clerical staff and artisans, as well as for the African permanent labour, is far from satisfactory, although everything possible has been done within the narrow limits of the available funds. The question of permanent structures to take the place of wattle and daub will soon become very urgent‘.” [1: p181]

Early in April 1919 and “again a year later the Buiko-Lembeni section of the Tanga Railway and 48 kilometres of the Voi-Kahe line were damaged by flood water. There were a few major and a large number of minor breaches and wash-aways. An official report stated: ‘These sudden floods are due to cloudbursts in the mountains adjoining the dry and desert-like plains and are likely to occur regularly at the beginning of each rainy season. As the banks are generally low, serious damage or prolonged delay to traffic on the main line need not be anticipated. But if the Voi-Kahe line is to be kept open, a large number of culverts under the high banks will have to be built to avoid long delays to traffic‘.” [1: p181]

Towards the end of April 1919, a more serious flood occurred west of Kidete station on the Central Railway. Nearly four kilometres of the line were under water and for six weeks not a single vehicle was able to travel over this section of the line. That capricious old lady, Mother Africa, then went from one extreme to another, from flood to drought. Another factor which adversely affected traffic on the Central line during 1919 was a famine which afflicted a large part of central Tanganyika. The removal of foodstuffs from the famine-stricken area, which stretched for about 340 kilometres along the railway, was prohibited for the greater part of the year. The loss of down traffic was largely compensated for by the up traffic of foodstuffs dispatched from Dar es Salaam for the relief of the famine. These factors made it very difficult for the Railway Administration to estimate the probable traffic in a more normal year.” [1: p181]

An official report stated: “Traffic on the Central line is confined to a few stations, the majority not even paying the wages of the staff, and the country for the most part appearing unproductive. As many stations as possible have been closed and only those kept open which are necessary to avoid excessive runs and to provide crossing places. There are 36 stations open and 18 closed. …. The Tanga Railway has had longer to recover from the war than the Central line, and is fortunate in the hinterland as far as Buiko, practically all the stations up to this point showing good results. The principal traffics are sisal, hides, cotton, coffee, fruit and grains, and there is a heavy passenger traffic. Some falling off may appear owing to lack of shipping and the high rate of exchange, although this section of the line is very promising and serves a fertile country. With the exception of Moshi the remainder of the line is unremunerative as it runs through desert country. The Voi-Kahe Railway is also unremunerative, though most of the traffic from Moshi finds its way to Kilindini, and will probably continue to do so, as Kilindini, apart from being slightly nearer to Moshi than Tanga, provides a good wharf, cranage and, most important of all, shipping. A comparison of the receipts for the nine months ended 31st December 1919, for the 175 kilometres, Tanga to Buiko, and the remaining 308 kilometres, is interesting. Tanga to Buiko Rs. 287,995; Buiko to Voi Rs. 77,194, of which Moshi contributed Rs. 49,356 and Voi Rs. 17,508. There are 21 stations on the Tanga line, eight on the Voi-Kahe line, and one on the Sigi line.” [1: p181-182]

On the Central line the Tanganyika Railways inherited from the Germans 20 German goods engines (2-8-0 type) of which six were derelict; 22 German tank engines (2-8-0 type) of which six were derelict; two German tank engines (0-8-2 type); seven German Mallet engines (0-4-4-0 type), of which two were derelict and five were laid up, and six German shunting tank engines (0-4-0 type). In addition there were nine engines of British manufacture which had been brought over from India during the war. Four of them were G-class (Indian) ABR engines (4-8-0 type); one was an F-class (Indian) (0-6-0 type) and four were G-class (Indian) Nizam engines (4-8-0 type). In 1922 the four G-class ABR engines and the F-class engine were packed for return to India. The German goods engines, with bogie tenders, were capable of pulling a maximum load of 16 four-wheeled vehicles over all sections of the line. The German tank engines had less tractive effort and less boiler capacity, and they were only suitable for use on the plateau to the east and west of Tabora. It was estimated that the locomotive stock was sufficient to work one train each way per day between Dar es Salaam and Tabora. By the end of 1921 one passenger train and one goods train ran once a week in each direction between Dar es Salaam and Kigoma, and a mixed train ran once a week in each direction between Dar es Salaam and Tabora. In addition a water train ran once a week along the length of the line. It was also estimated, with unwarranted optimism, that the German goods engines would last for another twelve years, the tank engines for ten years, and that new engines would not be required until and unless the traffic increased to more than a train a day between Dar es Salaam and Tabora, in addition to fuel and construction trains.” [1: p182]

“On the Tanga line the Tanganyika Railways acquired only seven German engines. Three were German goods engines (2-8-0 type), three were German tank engines (2-8-0 type), of which one was laid up, and one was a German Mallet-class engine which was also laid up. There were also 15 engines of British manufacture brought over from India. Twelve were F-class (Indian) engines (0-6-0 type), of which two were laid up, and three were M-class (Indian) engines (2-6-0 type), of which two were laid up. There was also a B-class (2-6-0 type) engine and a shunting tank engine (2-4-0 type) on loan from the Uganda Railway. The latter was laid up and condemned. There were two small engines on the Sigi line.” [1: p183]

The F-class (Indian) engines were of an obsolete type and it was estimated that none of them would last for more than three years. The three German goods engines and the three German tank engines were the only engines on the line capable of coping with a full traffic load. The light rail on the coastal section, between Tanga and Mombo, made it necessary to station the lighter engines at Tanga. In consequence the load out of Tanga was limited to eight vehicles.” [1: p183]

On both the Central and the Tanga lines a deal of money was spent on reconditioning the German engines. None of them was really satisfactory and all were scrapped as soon as money was available to buy new British engines.” [1: p183]

On the Central line the total numbers of vehicles was 465 and on the Tanga and Voi-Kahe line 365. During 1919 and 1920 an exceptionally heavy burden was carried by the carriage and wagon repair shops at Tabora, Dar es Salaam and Tanga. In all, they dealt with 620 units, of which 30 were completely rebuilt, 400 underwent heavy repairs and 190 light repairs. Particular attention was paid to the repair and maintenance of the vacuum brakes, many units being completely fitted and others fitted with piping only. In the Tabora shops the difficulty of this work was increased by a lack of inspection kits. On the Tanga line there was a shortage of rolling stock and there were no fly-proof trucks for the carriage of livestock through the belts infested by tsetse. The work in the erecting shops at Dar es Salaam, Tabora and Tanga was also very heavy. The number of engines that could be accommodated at the same time was five in the Tabora shops, two in the Dar es Salaam shops and three in the Tanga shops. The engine pits were commodious, but suffered from the use of a girdered screw-jack arrangement to lift the engines, which took a great deal more time than would have been required if overhead cranes had been available.” [1: p183]

The British tariffs, “first started on the Tanga line in 1916, was completed during 1920. The regulations were much the same as those of the Uganda Railway and the rates were similar to those charged by the Germans.” [1: p183]

The official report stated: “The German tariff was a well-thought-out book and appears to be suited to the country. Owing to the existing unsettled state of the Territory, the shortage of shipping and the fluctuating state of the market, it did not, and does not yet, appear advisable to make any change. For instance, it would be impossible to apply the usual theory for the formation of rates and follow, through all the phases of a changeable market, the price of sisal, cotton, mica, etc., raising the rates as the prices go up and lowering them when the price falls. … Although not easily of comparison owing to the fact that a telescopic scale exists on the Tanganyika Railways, and a flat rate on the Uganda Railway, rates here are higher than those on the Uganda Railway. The Uganda Railway has over thirty special rates applicable to various commodities between certain stations or groups of stations. The railways in Tanganyika have no special rates, but reduce by one class for certain heavy loading traffics in wagon loads.” [1: p183-184]

Hill continues: “The passenger fares on the Tanganyika Railways were generally lower than on the Uganda Railway, but coaching stock was so short in Tanganyika that there was often only one vehicle of a certain class on a train. There was no prospect of raising fares until a better and more comfortable service could be provided to the public. The German passenger stock was not divided into compartments. The seating was sometimes arranged with a centre gangway and sometimes with a side corridor. Lighting was generally by acetylene or oil-burning lamps. These coaches were renovated, divided into compartments and fitted with electric light.” [1: p184]

The dockyard at Dar es Salaam was the only one of its kind on the east coast of Africa between Suez and Durban and capable of undertaking any ordinary floating repairs to ships. In 1920, a marine boiler from the ‘Fifi’, now [in 1957] a launch on Lake Tanganyika, was completely rebuilt; a 120-ton lighter was replated and redecked; all the pontoons and cargo landing stages at Dar es Salaam were renovated; steam-tugs and motor-launches were reconditioned; cranes and winches were overhauled, and much work was done on the Government’s coastal steamer, ‘Lord Milner’, and the Lake tug ‘Mwanza‘.” [1: p184]

During the year ended 31st March 1920, imports into Tanganyika were valued at Rs. 17,376,045, of which nearly half were cotton-piece goods. Domestic exports were valued at Rs. 19,940,156 and re-exports at Rs. 1,445,912. Of the domestic exports 16,744 tons of sisal accounted for Rs. 6,543,372; 3,944 tons of hides for Rs. 3,407,010; 3,926 tons of coffee for Rs. 2,807,605; 5,330 tons of copra for Rs. 1,581,461, and 741 tons of cotton for Rs. 935,009. In common with Kenya and Uganda, Tanganyika was hard hit by the post-war slump. In the following year the value of the import trade decreased by £308,000 and the value of the export trade by £784,000.” [1: p184]

The financial results of the Tanganyika Railways for the first three years of working under British civil administration were stated to be a loss of nearly £175,000 in 1920, of nearly £189,000 in 1921 and of over £191,000 in 1922. The real loss was considerably greater for those figures were struck without any provision for interest or renewals charges.” [1: p184]

It is small wonder that the General Manager wrote of the Central line: “This railway was undoubtedly built for reasons other than purely trade and, now that it has been built, the best has to be made of a line passing through largely undeveloped country …” [1: p184-185]

Officially published results were:

1919 to 1920

Working expenses  £278,591

Gross receipts         £103,778

Operating Loss.       £174,813

1920 to 1921

Working expenses  £346,300

Gross receipts         £157,393

Operating Loss.       £188,907

1921 to 1922

Working expenses  £387,819

Gross receipts         £196,682

Operating Loss.       £191,137

Towards the end of 1920, the Secretary of State for the Colonies appointed Lieutenant Colonel F.D. Hammond to:

(1) report on the possibility of improvement in all departments of the railway systems of Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika.

(2) preside at the meetings of an inter-Colonial Council to consider the relations of Kenya and Uganda in regard to railway work.

(3) advise on railway rates ‘on the understanding that in future net receipts from the systems are to be regarded as available for betterment purposes and new construction only, and that rates are therefore to be kept as low as possible’.

(4) investigate the position with regard to the Voi-Kahe Military Railway, and to advise (a) whether the track should be bought from the War Office, and, if so, (b) whether the line should be maintained as the route from Moshi to Mombasa, the upper section of the Tanga-Kahe line being abandoned; or (c) whether the track should be used for improving the Tanga-Moshi Railway, Tanga still being regarded as the port for the Moshi area.

(5) advise on railway extension generally regarding Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika as a single whole from the point of view of railway and harbour development.

Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s report was published in the November of 1921 [5] and, in so far as the Central Railway was concerned, it was a depressing document. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond wrote:

The present state of the accounts and the uncertainty of the amount which will have to be paid to the Military Administration make it impossible close review of the financial situation. to enter into any

“The outstanding feature is that the revenue falls far short of what is required to meet actual working expenses exclusive of renewals or loan charges.

“The loan charges on the railways are fortunately very light, because the only ones which will have to be met are those on the equipment and stores handed over by the Military Administration, and none will have to be paid on the cost of original construction. The railways may also be called on to pay interest on the funds provided to cover the deficit on working.

“The deficit on working for 1921-1922 is estimated to be at least £200,000; it is not possible to expect that such a sum can be covered by the economies or recommendations proposed in this Report. The cause of this heavy loss is to be found in the very poor traffic which the two railways are carrying, while the expenses of maintaining a system of 1,747 kilometres (1,092 miles) long are bound to remain high, however reduced the service may be. Although the present depression, of course, is responsible to a certain extent, a return of normal markets could not be expected to right matters.

“In the case of the Central Railway, the German Administration showed a profit on working prior to the war, but this was due solely to the heavy construction traffic which was being carried. The construction of the main line was only completed in 1914, and by that time the construction of the branch northwards from Tabora had already been begun, and platelaying had commenced. Full credit was given to open lines for the carriage of the large quantities of construction material required, and the revenue thus obtained was the only reason why the Administration was able to show a profit on working the main line. Without this revenue there would have been a heavy loss, though how far it is impossible in the absence of accurate figures to state.

“The reason for the poor traffic return is not difficult to find; leaving aside the first 280 kilometres of the coastal zone, where the traffic prospects are good, the Central Railway, for the remaining 960 kilometres of its length, passes through country of which, excluding the salt works at Usoki, only 120 kilometres, or approximately one-eighth, can be considered as possible of producing a paying traffic. It is impossible to expect any railway to pay under such geographical conditions, and the prospect of deficits for many years to come will have to be faced.

“The chief hope of turning those deficits into profits, or at any rate of reducing them, lies in the development of the basin of Lake Tanganyika and the trade with the Congo.

“The opening up of the mineral deposits which are known to exist would have the same effect, but until some more definite information as regards the extent and quality of the latter is obtainable, it would be unwise to indulge in any anticipations regarding the traffic.” [1: p186]

When Hammond turns his attention to the Tanga Line, he is less pessimistic:

The prospects on the Tanga line are brighter; this railway has already carried a paying traffic over the first 130 kilometres to Mombo. Over the next 45 kilometres to Buiko, development had been commenced by the Germans, and this section would probably have already reached the remunerative stage had it not been for the war. Unfortunately, as a result of the war, and the delay in the liquidation of enemy properties, the cultivated areas have reverted to a condition where it is probably harder to clear and replant than in the case of virgin land. It is estimated locally that this section of 175 kilometres will take five to seven years to reach its pre-war output, but there is no doubt that it will eventually once again be a paying proposition throughout its length.” [1: p187]

The British authorities had been negotiating with the Belgian Government to allow a Belgian enclave at each of Dar es Salaam and Kigoma. It was the Belgian authority’s intention to export significant goods along the Central Railway in Tanganyika and they had agreed a right to use their own wagons on the line, provided they met the Railway Administration’s regulations regarding weight, dimensions and brakes. Hammond noted the Belgian Government’s intention to spend £20,000,000 on infrastructure project in the Congo. He considered that it would not be to the advantage of the Central Railway to have foreign trucks on its line. He then wrote:

The best course for the Tanganyika Railways to pursue would be to get into touch with the Belgian authorities and to obtain from them a definite guarantee of a certain tonnage, if possible covering the whole period of the Belgian development programme. On the strength of this the General Manager can calculate what additional trucks and locomotives he will require. If the programme only extends over a short period, such as three or four years, it might be found that the net profits accruing would not profit the railway for the purchase of the stock.” [1: p187]

Hammond also noted that “when the Tabora-Kigoma section of the Central Railway was handed over by the Belgians in the April of 1921, both the track and the equipment were in bad condition. Of the 13 engines taken over from the Belgians, five were only fit for scrap and the rest were in need of extensive heavy repairs. In some of the engines there were 12 inches of sediment in the water space.” [1: p187]

Hill continues: “Of the 40 engines on the Central line which were in the possession of the Railway Administration before taking over the Tabora-Kigoma section, 29 were in fair running condition at the time of Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s inspection, eight were under repair and three were waiting repair. He recommended that the 24 engines which were in the best condition and of the most suitable type should be selected for the current work of the railway; and that the remaining engines should be laid up and not repaired until a prospect of increasing traffic warranted the use of more than 24 engines. In this way the expense of repairing the engines surplus to the traffic would be deferred until there was some prospect of them being used. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond recommended that the same policy be applied to the repair of wagons.” [1: p188]



Although the bulk of the skilled labour employed both in the running and the workshop departments of the Locomotive Department was Asian, there had been a marked decrease due to the difficulty of obtaining suitable drivers and artisans from India. This was partly due to the bad reputation which the climate of East Africa, particularly of Dar es Salaam, had earned in India during the war, and also to the bad quarters provided in Dar es Salaam. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond urged that £22,000 be spent on the provision of suitable housing for 124 Asian employees at Dar es Salaam. He considered that the Indian staff were distinctly inferior in quality and that, in consequence, the problem of training Africans was urgent. ‘The Tanganyika Railways,’ he wrote, ‘have been assisted in this by the legacy of the German policy, under which considerable progress had been made in training the natives, although no definite scheme appears to have been in force‘.” [1: p188]

Hill continues: ,”Already a good proportion of the engine-drivers on the Tanganyika Railways were Africans. The whole of the skilled labour in the moulding shops at Dar es Salaam, including the charge-hands, were Africans. The tools in the saw-mills were practically all run by Africans. The carriage fitting was done entirely by Africans, under the supervision of a European. At Tanga, the whole of the new carpentry work, some of it requiring a high standard of skill, was done by Africans under the supervision of a Japanese charge-hand. With the full support of the General Manager, Lieut.-Colonel Hammond recommended that the training of Africans be put on a proper basis as soon as possible and that the establishment of foremen and charge-hands be increased to 15 in order to provide for instructors of African trainees.” [1: p188]

Many of the typists employed in the head offices were also Africans, and Lieut.-Colonel Hammond noted that in any scheme for the training of Africans for a career on the railways it was essential that “undue importance should not be attached to clerical as opposed to manual skill.” He considered that the wage of eight florins per month, plus rations, paid to unskilled native labour was higher than was warranted either by the cost of living or by the general state of the labour market, and that a reduction of at least three florins a month was possible and should be extended to all Government Departments.” [1: p188-189]

Hill tells us that, “during the military administration of the railways, stores were obtained through the agency of the War Office. Whereas accurate quantity ledgers were kept by the Stores Department, no attempt was made to keep priced ledgers. A stock of German stores also remained. Departments held large stocks at places like Tabora which they had obtained from the Stores Department, but for which they kept no ledgers, and also stocks of German stores. Scattered up and down the line were stores, such as rails and girders, the surplus of the materials required to repair the damage done by the Germans which had never been collected. After the civil administration had taken over the railways, representatives of the War Office made lists of the stores remaining on the system and drew up a valuation of £595,000, including the Voi-Kahe military railway which was valued at £161,000. The General Manager disputed these valuations and submitted his own figure of £283,000 for all the stores, exclusive of the Voi-Kahe line, which the War Office representatives valued at £434,000. This was one of several long and prolonged arguments concerning the finances of the Tanganyika Railways. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond stated that it was not clear whether the railways were definitely committed to take over all the stores left by the military administration or not. He considered that if they were so committed allowance should be made in the price for taking over in bulk and for stores of no use or surplus to present needs. If there were no commitment, he considered that the railways should only accept such stores as could eventually be used and the price paid for any stores surplus to requirements should take into consideration the interest charges which would accrue until the stores were used.” [1: p189]

Hill continues: “The most controversial item of Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s terms of reference was that concerning the Voi-Kahe Railway. He pointed out that it had been built as a military line and had been badly aligned and graded. If it were to be retained, he considered that it should be realigned direct from Taveta to Moshi, in order to tap the southern slopes of Kilimanjaro, at an estimated cost of £360,000. On the coastal section of the Tanga line there were 57 miles of 31-lb. rail which could only carry the lighter engines and limited the load out of Tanga. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond estimated that it would cost £300,000 to relay the coastal section with heavier track. If the Voi-Kahe line were picked up and the materials used to relay the coastal section the cost would be about £100,000. A third alternative was to pick up the 57 miles of the Moshi-Buiko section of the Tanga line and use it to relay the coastal section, at an estimated cost of £55,000. On Lieut,-Colonel Hammond’s figures, which later proved to be far too high, the cost of retaining the Voi-Kahe line and of relaying the coastal section of the Tanga line would be £415,000 apart from the sum required to buy the Voi- Kahe line from the War Office. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s recommendations were largely influenced by the expenditure of £1,000,000 on the deep-water wharves at Kilindini. To use the Tanga route as the outlet for the Kilimanjaro traffic, he wrote, would entail the development of two deep-water ports within 70 miles of each other, and the chief purpose of the second port, Tanga, would be merely to tap an area which could be equally well served by Kilindini. In fact, to pull up the Voi-Kahe line might suit the immediate need of the Tanganyika treasury, but it would be detrimental to wider interests. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond was not impressed by the argument that as Tanganyika was a mandated territory it would be wrong to pull up any railway within its borders and so cause a divergence of traffic through a British Colony. The upper section of the Tanga line was unlikely to produce a remunerative traffic for ten years or more and, due to a lack of water, it might never do so. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond recommended that the last 94 kilometres of the Tanga line, between Same and Moshi, be picked up and used for the betterment of the coastal section and that the Voi-Kahe line be retained, re-graded and realigned. He considered that the cost of the reconstruction of the Voi-Kahe line should fall upon Tanganyika as the chief benefactor, and he devised a financial arrangement whereby the Territory would bear all loss and collect all profit derived from the line.” [1: p189-190]

Hill continues: “Early in 1923 the Colonial Office decided to reject Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s advice and to accept the view of Sir Horace Byatt, the Governor of Tanganyika, that to subordinate the interests of the port of Tanga to the interests of Kilindini would be contrary to the spirit of the Mandate. In consequence Sir Horace argued that Tanga should be developed into a modern and well-equipped port. Mr. C. L. N. Felling-later Sir Christian Felling-who had just been appointed General Manager of the Uganda Railway at once lodged an emphatic protest against a policy of developing three major ports, Kilindini, Tanga and Dar es Salaam, on the East African coast. He maintained that the sound policy was to concentrate on the development of Kilindini and Dar es Salaam. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond had made precisely the same point. ‘This necessity for concentrating on a few ports,’ he wrote, ‘and spending all the money available on them is the principal reason for my recommendation that the area around Moshi and Arusha and their hinterland should evacuate its products via Kilindini instead of via Tanga.’ It was ridiculous, Mr. Felling argued, to regard Kenya and Tanganyika as rivals. They should be regarded as partners, and the sound policy was to establish a joint control of the two railway systems under a Governor-General. Mr. Felling was one of the first civil servants to realise the grave disadvantage of the lack of an East African authority to co-ordinate the economic policy of Taganyika, Kenya and Uganda. Mr Felling’s protest was of no avail, and the Voi-Kahe line was closed to traffic on 19th April 1923, by Order of the Colonial Office. [1: p190-191]

This was not the last word on the matter. Hill describes the political manoeuvres which eventually saw the line retained. The Government of Kenya bought the line for £70,000 and in the end reconditioning was undertaken for only £30,000 and the line was open to traffic once again by 4th February 1924. It soon paid its way!

Hill comments that there could be no doubt that “the decision to maintain the Voi-Kahe line was right, certainly from wide and long-range points of view. Nevertheless, the fact that the Uganda Railway owned and worked the line proved a persistent source of irritation to the Tanganyika Railways until the two systems were amalgamated in 1948 and any question of competition was thereby eliminated. Meanwhile, in 1925 the Traffic Manager of the Tanganyika Railways complained that the Uganda Railway took about 75 per cent. of the outward traffic from Moshi and about 30 per cent. of the inward traffic.” [1: p191]

Hill tells us that in the same year the General Manager of the Tanganyika Railways wrote that “the Uganda Railway working into Moshi has resulted in this railway having to keep open and work 178 kilometres of line (Buiko-Moshi) to share in a traffic which would be small for one railway and which is insignificant for two.” [1: p191]

Hill says that “there were many such complaints during the twenty-five years (1923-1948) needed to bring about the amalgamation of the two systems, which was the only sound solution of this and of several other economic problems.” [1: p191]

Hill was, of course writing from the perspective of the British Colonial authorities. Had he been able to look forward to the probable arrangements made as countries were granted independence, his reflections might have been different. The EAR struggled to continue as an effective organisation working for three different governments and eventually closed in the late 1970s.

Hammond also had something to say about freight charges. As far as low value products were concerned, such as groundnuts from Tabora, he recommended that lower rates in accord with those that The Uganda Railway was charging would be appropriate. He also advised the reclassification of certain imported goods – notably agricultural and industrial machinery, paints and petrol, which should be lowered, and rice, tea, tobacco, cotton-piece goods and matches which should be raised to a higher classification. He reviewed rates across the network recommending that where alternative routes existed, parity in charges was important. He wrote:

The Uganda and the Tanganyika Railways at the present time both serve the area lying between Mwanza and Tabora, and in the future, if a steamer service on Lake Tanganyika is developed, the central regions of Urundi may quite possibly be able to export either via Victoria Nyanza or Lake Tanganyika. Any attempt at competition between the two systems for such traffic could not be permitted; the managements must arrange to balance their rates at these points in such a manner that the traffic will go to whichever of the two systems is most conveniently placed to the point of production, and so give the produce the easiest and cheapest route to the sea. In the case of Mwanza this would affect indirectly the rates from other ports on Victoria Nyanza, and in the case of Tabora any intermediate stations to Dar es Salaam which handle the same commodities. It is, therefore, of great importance that the two General Managers should consult each other and come to a mutual agreement before the introduction of any rates affecting these particular areas.’” [1: p192]

Hill continues: “Turning to the future development of the Tanganyika Railways, Lieut.-Colonel Hammond considered that an extension of the Moshi-Voi branch towards Arusha must wait until the Tanganyika Government was in a position to bear the initial losses. He did, however, recommend that the extension to the Sanya river, laid and picked up during the war, be relaid on the grounds that trade from the Arusha area was handicapped by having to pass through a narrow belt of tsetse-fly between Moshi and the Sanya. In consequence the cost of animal-drawn transport was as high as Florins 4.50 per 50 lb. It was a strange argument, as it presupposed that a railway was the only alternative to ox- or mule-drawn wagons. Lorries are no less immune to tsetse than a train.” [1: p192]

Lieut.-Colonel Hammond estimated that the cost of reconstruction of the Sanya river extension would be £7,600, including the carriage of materials. He pointed out that the quantity of spare permanent-way material left by the military authorities on the Tanga line was far in excess of maintenance needs and that the surplus was sufficient to relay the 25 kilometres that had been picked up. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s advice was accepted and, in this instance, it was unfortunate. The Sanya branch which took off the Tanga line 10 kilometres south of Moshi and climbed a lava ridge at the foot of Kilimanjaro to reach the Sanya plain, was built at a cost of £26,000. Construction started towards the end of 1923, and the line was open to traffic by the following December. It was badly aligned, built of indifferent materials, and it brought very little traffic to the main line. Only a year later it was decided to build another line from Moshi to Arusha. The survey, which started in the April of 1926 and was completed October, only needed to re-establish on the ground the good alignment staked out by the Germans in 1912. It was obvious that the first part of the Sanya extension could not be retained. It was scrapped and the new line branched off at Moshi and joined the Sanya line at Km. 13. Construction started in the November of 1927, and it did not progress as rapidly as had been expected largely due to the contractors’ inability to recruit sufficient satisfactory labour. Tengeru, the main station for the coffee estates on the lower slopes of Mount Meru, was opened for traffic in the November of 1928, and the whole line was formally opened by the Governor, Sir Donald Cameron, in the December of 1930. This extension of the Tanga line by 86 kilometres from Moshi to Arusha cost £316,000, or approximately £3,700 per kilometre. The track laid weighed 45 lb. per lineal yard, and the main difficulty was the bridging of several deep gorges along the skirts of Mount Kilimanjaro and Mount Meru.” [1: p192-193]

In common with the Germans, Lieut.-Colonel Hammond was convinced that the chief hope of the Central Railway must be centred on Lake Tanganyika and the Congo traffic. He pointed out that if supplemented by a service on the Lake the Central Railway was the natural and shortest route to the north-eastern part of Rhodesia and that Abercorn was only 15 miles from the Lake. He urged that the Graf von Goetzen be salved and refitted for passenger and cargo work at an estimated cost of £35,000, and that the Marine Service be amalgamated with the railways. In the absence of any proper motive for competition with the Uganda Railway, Lieut.-Colonel Hammond noted that there was no good reason for building the Ruanda Railway, started by the Germans in 1914, from Tabora to the elbow of the Kagera river. In 1915 the Germans planned to build a branch from Isaka, on the Ruanda Railway, to Mwanza. The object of these lines was to tap the rich districts of Ruanda and Urundi and to divert this traffic and the traffic of the Mwanza district from the Marine Department of the Uganda Railways.” [1: p193]

Hammond also made a considerable number of recommendations for the improvement of the efficiency of the several departments of the Tanganyika Railways. The General Manager’s Annual Report for the year 1922 stated that “practically all the local suggestions made by Lieut.-Colonel F. D. Hammond have been adopted with considerable benefit.” [1: p193]

Deficits and Profits

Hill turns to the matter of the viability of the Tangayika Railways. He first focussed on the matter of what should be the liability of the Tanganyika Government for the capital cost of the the network. On 1st April 1919, Hill notes that the lines in Tanganyika were valued at:

Central Railway:  £4,015,000

Tanga Railway:      £880,000

Lindi Railway: £11,400 (this proved to be a bad investment)

Sigi Railway: NIL (no appreciable value)

He notes that the issues surrounding the northern line (Tanga Railway) were clear – that it was covered by the Treaty of Versailles and was the property of the Tanganyika Government. It was not as simple as this for the Central Railway.

Hill notes that for a payment of £33,994, Tanganyika Railways acquired assets with a capital value of (£4,015,000 + £880,000 =) £4,895,000. He comments, however, that “on paper this was an advantageous position, but in practice it proved exceedingly difficult to set the railways on a sound financial basis.” [1: p195]

The Lindi Tramway

The Lindi tramway, acquired for £11,400, in poor state of repair, proved a bad bargain. A great disadvantage was that the terminus at the coast was not at Lindi but high up the creek. In consequence, goods had to travel by dhow or lighter between the terminus and Lindi port, whereas produce carried by porters went straight to Lindi. Inevitably, the existence of the tramway provoked demands, by commercial interests and administrators alike, that it be used for the evacuation of the produce from a hinterland of which the potential output was exaggerated. In 1922 the line was opened from May until October. The ‘tractors’ used were, in fact, Ford cars on railway wheels and they had been hard worked during the war. The traffic was disappointing and operating costs were not met. It was again opened during the harvest season of 1923 with no better result. Between the September of 1924 and the February of 1925 the tramway made a profit of £1,450, but there was still a net loss of £3,000 on these seasons. At this stage there was a long investigation on the advisability of reconditioning the tramway at an estimated cost of £100,000, but the plan was eventually set aside. From September 1926 until 1929 the tramway was run by the District Commissioner with manpower. At the high transport rate of 80 cents for the ton-kilometre, the tramway made a profit of about £1,000 for the first two years, but thereafter, even on a basis of manpower and high rates, further losses were incurred. The tramway was not operated in 1930 and in 1932 the track was sold cheaply to sisal planters.” [1: p195] It is possible that the prior existence of this tramway provoked interest in replacing it with a metre-gauge line after WW2. At the very least there must have been something in the collective memory of traders and Government officials which resulted in a later metre-gauge line being proposed.

The Sigi Tramway

“The Sigi tramway, which was mainly used to transport timber from the Sigi Saw-mills to Tengeni on the Tanga line was operated until the July of 1923 when it was closed down. This tramway could not be made to pay unless it carried a quantity of timber greater than the railway’s need, and there was no other market available. The track was also sold to sisal planters, and much of the well-graded formation was later converted into the main road to the East African Agricultural Station at Amani.” [1: p195]

The Wider Network

During the first four years of British rule there were serious deficits on the budgets of the Territory and the railways. For the year ended 31st March 1920, the revenue of Tanganyika was £669,097; for the following year it was £946,844, and for the year ended 31st March 1922, it was £978,192. Expenditure increased far more rapidly than the revenue. For the year ended 31st March 1920, expenditure was £790,026. In the following year it was £1,389,354, and for the year ended 31st March 1922, it was £1,807,890. Then the rise of expenditure was checked.

For the year ended 31st March 1923, it was £1,811,872 and in the following year £1,901,158. Revenue amounted to £1,228,586 for the year ended 31st March 1923, and to £1,315,188 in the following year. Apart from free grants amounting to £408,169 in 1921 and 1922, the financial assistance received from the Imperial Exchequer was in the form of repayable loans. By 31st March 1924, the total of loans received was £2,385,891, of which £1,726,653 had been spent. It was arranged that interest should only be paid on that part of the loan expenditure devoted to revenue-earning works, such as capital expenditure on the railways and the electric power station at Dar es Salaam.” [1: p196]

Hill tells us that as “the ravage of war was repaired, the Territory’s exports increased year by year. In 1913, 20,834 tons of sisal were exported from German East Africa. In 1921 the exports of sisal from Tanganyika were 7,923 tons; by 1924 they had risen to 18,428 tons worth £644,835, and by 1926 to 25,022 tons worth £911,293. In 1913 the Germans exported 8,961 tons of groundnuts. The export of groundnuts from Tanganyika in 1921 was 8,448 tons; in 1924 it was 18,684 tons valued at £359,918, and in 1926 it was 15,867 tons valued at £254,903. Other exports in 1924 were 2,541 tons of cotton worth £373,753 and 5,261 tons of coffee worth £352,529. In 1926, 6,539 tons of cotton worth £427,437 and 6,539 tons of coffee worth £495,199 were exported.” [1: p195]

In 1922, approval was given for a loan of £250,000 for capital expenditure on the railways. From now on there was a considerable investment in the two railways, mainly directed to reducing the deficits which were the main feature of the railways accounts until an operating profit of £3,261 was made during the year ended 31st March 1926. By then capital expenditure amounted to £610,107 on the Central Railway and to £184,905 on the Tanga Railway, a total of £795,012. At the same date the Deficiency Account stood at £786,498, of which £475,689 was debited to the Central Railway and £310,809 to the Tanga Railway. From the Imperial Treasury the railways had received free grants of £478,158, of which £126,462 was for capital expenditure and £351,696 was to meet the deficits for the years 1919-1920 and 1920-1921. In addition, the railways had raised repayable loans of £1,342,534 involving an interest burden of £46,446 a year. Of this sum £893,028 had been borrowed for capital expenditure and £449,506 to meet the deficiency in working.” [1: p196]

As well as the manifest difficulties associated with a railway built primarily through very scarcely populated territory which would not support revenue raising activity, the railway was contending, firstly, with “the poor condition of the locomotives, rolling stock and equipment which made operating costs unduly high in relation to the volume of traffic. Secondly, the deterioration during and immediately after the war of most of the German plantations took longer to repair than had been expected; it was several years before the output of plantation crops was restored to the pre-war level. Thirdly, the available traffic lacked balance: in the post-war years the down-traffic far exceeded the up-traffic and there was a lot of light and empty running up the line.” [1: p197]

The fact that the capital of the territory, Dar es Salaam, was at the coast, that it was the hub of commerce as well as the centre of Government, tended to increase the disbalance of traffic. There was no town of any size in the hinterland to which imports flowed from the coast-nothing comparable, for instance, with Nairobi or Kampala, which provided the Uganda Railway with a considerable up-traffic. The fourth reason was that the German tariff at first regarded as ‘a well thought-out book’ and ‘suited to the country’ with the few amendments made to it after the war was unsatisfactory and out of accord with operating costs. A new tariff was devised during 1922, but its introduction was delayed, as it had to be sent to England for printing, and it was not introduced until the January of 1924. By the end of that year it was clear that the new tariff had brought satisfactory results, although the rate for sisal had proved to be too low and it had to be raised. In 1924 there was also an increase of the up-traffic, more especially in respect of machinery and cement, which suggested that development would bring greater traffic to the railways in later years.” [1: p197]

The deficits of the early years, coupled with the age-old tendency to over-estimate the potential output from Africa colonies, set the pattern of railway policy. In general terms the policy was:

(a) To increase traffic by building branch lines into potentially productive areas. The outlook is well illustrated by an extract from a ‘Memorandum on Railways’ written by the Governor, Sir Donald Cameron, in the October of 1925: “If a railway may not be built in tropical Africa because there is doubt whether it will pay, the whole of its working expenses and debt charges within such a brief period as five years, little, if any, railway expansion can take place in this Territory … and it is reasonably certain that if additional railway facilities are provided, considerable development may be expected with consequent benefit to the revenue indirectly.” [1: p197]

(b) To reduce working expenses as far as possible.

(c) To re-equip the two railways with satisfactory locomotives and rolling stock and to relay the sections of the line which were in need of heavier track so that an increase of traffic could be carried at less working cost.

Hill continues “The first 38 miles of the Central line out of Dar es Salaam were relaid with new 55-lb. British standard track in 1923 and the relaying of the line from Dar es Salaam to Morogoro was completed in 1926. In 1929 and 1930, a considerable length of the Tanga line was relaid with new 45-lb. British standard track. The onset of the world slump then checked progress, but a further length of the light German track was strengthened by the insertion of two additional sleepers in each length of rail. Due to the mistakes of the German surveyors and engineers, it seemed probable that the line from Mombo to Tanga would always be the most unsatisfactory section of the Tanganyika Railways.” [1: p198]

The DL Class 4-8-0 locomotives were the first British locomotives to be built for the Tanganyika Railways They went into service in 1923. The DL class locos were later known as the EAR 23 class. Their design was derived from the Nigerian Railways Emir class. The six members of the class were built by Beyer, Peacock & Co. in Gorton, Manchester. (c) EAR&H. [1:p297][6]

In 1923, six new 4-8-0 tender, super-heated engines of the DL class were imported from Great Britain and put into service on the Central line, together with 21 bogie wagons of 25 tons. New brake vans and passenger coaches were near completion in the workshops. Shortly afterwards four German tank engines were transferred from the Central to the Tanga line. In his annual report for the year 1923, Mr. K. C. Strahan, the Chief Mechanical Engineer, wrote:

The arrival of the new engines has meant redistribution of the engine power: two of the DL engines are working on the Dar es Salaam section and four on the Dodoma section. … The position on the Tanga line is as before, except that the engines are twelve months older. The situation will be improved by the transfer of the four G.T. engines, and some relief on this account is in sight. During the year, unceasing attention has been necessary to keep the obsolete F-class 0-6-0 tender engines on the active list, and it is again pointed out that in running these engines with bearings below condemning size in several cases, considerable responsibility has been taken. The excessive repairs have resulted in proportionately heavy expenditure, for whereas on the Central line the maintenance of the stock costs 79 cents per kilometre, on the Tanga line the figure is Sh. 1.05 per kilometre.

The supply of power on the Central line during the harvest season of the past year was equal to demands, and with the increased loads taken by the DL class (37.5 per cent. greater than the other 4-8-0 engines), there is now a small reserve. The average number of engines in traffic will probably be 32 after redistribution has taken place, but the average hauling capacity is increased.

On the Tanga line there was unavoidable difficulty in dealing with rushes of traffic, as power is largely dependent on the unreliable F-class engines, but the trial mileage run shows a decrease. The necessity of putting two engines on every train out of Tanga with more than seven vehicles on it is most wasteful, but could not be avoided owing to the condition of the engines.” [1: p198-199]

Hill says that “The new 4-8-0 engines were the first locomotives in Tanganyika to use superheated steam and they proved very reliable and economical in service. As traffic increased, it proved more and more difficult, and finally impossible, to obtain reliable service from the old German engines. In 1926, eleven new Mikado engines (2-8-2) were imported from Great Britain. Two new shunting engines were imported in 1927 and seven more in 1929.” [1: p199]

An MK Class 2-8-2 Locomotive. These ‘Mikado’ locos went into service in circa 1926. The eleven members of the class were built by Vulcan Foundry, in Newton-le-Willows, Lancashire, (c) EAR&H. [1: p299][7]
Hill describes this loco as a G Class 4-8-0 Locomotive. These locos were purchased for service on the Tanga Line and the Mwanza branch of the Central Line in 1928, (c) EAR&H. [1: p299]

R. Ramaer says that the four locomotives known as the NZ Class (Nizam) locomotives from India acted “as the prototype for the TR’s own G class, a very similar unsuperheated, slide-valve engine, thirteen of which were supplied by Stephenson and Nasmyth Wilson and put in service in 1928-31. They were again closely similar to the original BESA-designed 4-8-0s for India and thus provide, as the last 4-8-0s built for the TR, a direct link with the first engines of this wheel arrangement to see service in this part of the world. The first eight were supplied to the Tanga Line in 1928 and released F class engines 96 and 720, which had become very expensive to maintain. One of the new Gs, unassisted, could handle the mail trains, a marked improvement over the old and obsolete six-coupled engines. The G had an axle load of only 8-8½ tons, a necessity on the light track of the Tanga Line. The reason for their obsolete concept is not quite clear, however, if we remember that these engines were built at the same time as the KUR EA class Mikados. Their original running numbers 20-32 were later changed to 204-16, as the locomotives were considered to be direct descendants of the NZ class locomotives 200-3. After the amalgamation in 1948 the G class engines were renumbered 2205-17 and gradually taken out of service.” [9: p58]

In 1929, two Sentinel rail cars were put into service between Moshi and Arusha. Although they were appreciated by the travelling public, they failed to attract sufficient traffic to make them an economic proposition on this section of the line. At the same time a Sentinel shunting engine was also acquired. This was a small unit incorporating a high-speed steam engine and geared drive. It was so successful that a further seven Sentinel shunting engines were ordered, and put into service in 1931. They proved satisfactory and economical shunting engines at smaller stations on both the Tanga and the Central lines. In the February of 1930 two Sentinel coaches were put into service between Tanga and Korogwe to carry passengers and a limited amount of luggage. In the July of 1931 these coaches had to be withdrawn, as it was suspected that the axle-load was proving too heavy for the light track.” [1: p199]

A Sentinel Railcar at work on the Tanga Railway. [1: p198]

Hill continues: “In German times, and during the first five years of the British Administration, firewood was the only fuel used on both the Central and the Tanga lines. By 1923, along several sections of the railways, the timber conveniently close to the line had been cut down, and the fuel contractors were forced to work farther and farther afield at ever-increasing cost. In 1923, it was decided to experiment with the use of coal, and trial consignments were ordered from South Africa and the Belgian Congo, the experiments were carried out in 1924. The South African coal was satisfactory but the dirt content of the Congo coal was too high. By 1925, coal was being used by all engines running near the coast where a supply of wood fuel was most difficult to obtain. By 1930, coal was used by all engines on the Tanga line and by engines on the Central line running between Dar es Salaam and Dodoma. Around Tabora, firewood was still comparatively plentiful, and it was used as fuel between Dodoma and Kigoma for several years to come.” [1: p199]

A Garratt Locomotive being refuelled at Tanga. Note the narrow gauge cauldrons carrying coal in the foreground which were crained up over the locomotive tender for emptying. [1: p198]

On 1st June 1923, the Railways Administration became responsible for the marine service on Lake Tanganyika. Hill spends a few pages describing the salvage operations and the return to service of the Graf von Goetzen which was still lying on the Lake bed in shallow water, it was renamed Liemba when recommissioned. The tug Mwanza was still out of commission in 1923 but also returned to revenue-earning service. Hill notes that by 1929 receipts were greater than working costs for the services on Lake Tanganyika. This improvement was short-lived.

Early in British rule, the sea-ports of Tanganyika were run by a separate department if the Colonial Government. Hill says that, ” This arrangement did not prove satisfactory, and on 1st November 1925, the Port and Marine Department was absorbed by the railways, which then became known as The Tanganyika Railways and Marine. “All the shore working of the ports was taken over by the Traffic Department and the Railway’s Marine Department was responsible for the handling of ships in port, for the operation and maintenance of navigational aids along the coast of Tanganyika and for the dockyard at Dar es Salaam.” [1: p205]

£32,000 was spent on heavy repairs to the wharf at Tanga and £302,000 on the expansion of facilities at Dar es Salaam.

In 1925, the total number of ships calling at Tanganyika ports was 975, with an aggregate of 1,853,140 tons. By 1930, the number of ships calling had risen to 1,318, with an aggregate of 2,892,145 tons. In the year ended 31st March 1930, Dar es Salaam port handled 157,356 tons of imports and 81,186 tons of exports. In that year Tanga port handled 56,182 tons of imports and 71,434 tons of exports. As the finances of the ports were not separated from those of the railways until 1939, there is no means of telling how the ports fared financially during the first twenty years of British administration. The lack of comment in official reports on the finances of the ports during the years when the railways were in a bad way suggests that the ports at least paid their way.” [1: p205]

Towards the end of 1923 the Government’s steamship ‘Lord Milner’ was found to be unseaworthy. In order to maintain the navigational aids along the coast, the railways acquired the steamship ‘Azania’, built by Ferguson Bros. of Glasgow for £27,000. She was a vessel of 375 gross tons, with a draft of 9 feet, a cruising speed of 8 knots and a cargo capacity of 180 tons. The ‘Azania’, which was also equipped for the use of the Governor on journeys up and down the coast, was successfully employed on the maintenance of the navigational aids of the coast until after the Second World War.” [1: p205]

In pursuit of the policy to increase the railways’ traffic by building branch lines to potentially productive areas, one of the first projects to be examined was the German design for a line from Tabora to Mwanza on Lake Victoria. This was the project that Lieut.-Colonel Hammond had opposed. In 1922, Mr. C. Gillman, then a District Engineer, wrote a most interesting report on railway development in Tanganyika. Mr. Gillman joined the staff of Philip Holzmann & Co., the contractors for the construction of the Central Railway, in 1905 as an Assistant Engineer. At the outbreak of war he was interned by the Germans, but in 1916 he was released and received a commission in the Railways Corps of the British expeditionary force. In 1919, Mr. Gillman joined the Railways’ Administration as a District Engineer. In 1928, he became Chief Engineer; for a year – in 1935 and 1936, between the terms of office of Lieut.-Colonel G. Maxwell and Mr. R. E. Robins – he acted as General Manager and he retired towards the end of 1937. Thereafter, for three years, he was Water Consultant to the Government of Tanganyika. For more than thirty-two years Mr. Gillman was closely concerned with the vicissitudes of the railways in Tanganyika and he was appointed a C.B.E. in recognition of his services. A man of strong opinions, he was often at logger-heads with the policy of his superiors and, at times, he was prone to overstate his case. Nevertheless, he was a remarkable character, although his writings suggest that he was not always an easy character to deal with or to work with. Be that as it may, on several important issues the march of events proved that Mr. Gillman’s judgement was sometimes sounder than that of others who had a greater say in the moulding of railway policy in Tanganyika. Nevertheless, he was not always right, and some of his writings also suggest that he made good use of the advantage of hindsight.” [1: p206]

For Tanganyika Notes and Records of June 1942, Mr. Gillman wrote a brief history of the Tanganyika Railways, in the course of which he referred to Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s recommendations for the future extension of the railways. Mr. Gillman wrote:

“I had been asked to give my own views on railway extensions which I did in a lengthy report submitted early in 1922 and based on intensive studies of all the accumulated material left by the Germans, as well as on such personal knowledge of the country as I possessed. Full of youthful enthusiasm, backed – perhaps unavoidably – by my chief’s pushful energy; without, as was inevitable at the time, any realisation of the great advances to be made during the next ten to fifteen years with efficient motor transport; and, above all, lacking an intimate appreciation of large parts of the Territory and, therefore, considerably misled by the optimism of our predecessors, I was no doubt optimistic myself – though not entirely void of guarded cautiousness when I drew up the following ‘likely programme for railway development during the next thirty to fifty years’:

“(1) A southern railway from Ngerengere to Amelia Bay (Manda) on Lake Nyasa, to be built with as little delay as possible to the upper reaches of the Kilombero plain, the upper division to follow as need arises.

“(2) Simultaneously, a ‘Rift Valley Railway’ as a physical link between the two existing separate systems, should be taken in hand, the Moshi-Arusha section at once and further sections in yearly instalments, construction being pushed in both directions from Arusha and Dodoma.

“(3) Then the following feeder lines, as the future development of the country may require, in what looked like a reasonable order of urgency: Upper Kilombero to Ubena, Dodoma to Iringa, Kimamba to Tuliani, Mwanza to Kahama (note the place in the order and the insistence on building south from Mwanza) eventually to be continued to Tabora; and Ruiga Bay, a little south of Bukoba, to the Kagera river.

“The report wound up by strongly pleading for a far-seeing policy of extensive railway reconnaissance surveys in order ‘to make the choice of the most economical alignments possible when the time arrives for construction, and thus to avoid the usual gross mistakes, the inevitable consequences of decisions based on hurried surveys, and entailing not only wasteful construction but also, and much more serious, because accumulating, waste in working.’

“These recommendations found the full approval of the General Manager who, more particularly, re-emphasised the fact that the Tanganyika Territory part of the Lake Victoria basin was already served by the Uganda Railway.” [1: p206-207]

Meanwhile, the East Africa Commission, consisting of the Hon. W. Ormsby-Gore, M.P. (Conservative), Major A. G. Church, D.S.O., M.C., M.P. (Labour), and Mr. F. C. Linfield, J.P., M.P. (Liberal), had visited Tanganyika from September 22nd to October sth. They travelled up the Central line to Tabora and thence by car to Mwanza: in November they returned for five days and visited Arusha, Moshi and Tanga.

In so far as the railways were concerned, the main conclusion of the Commission’s report to the Secretary of State for the Colonies, published on 17th April 1925, was that:

“The further economic development of both native and non-native production in East Africa is dependent on the early provision of increased transport facilities and, in particular, on new railway construction.” [1: p208]

The Commission expressed these views on the development of the railway system of Tanganyika:

“The Central line was completed to Lake Tanganyika just before the war, and it is clear that the principal considerations before the German Government in pushing for-ward this single line without feeders were:

“(1) Strategic;

“(2) In order to secure at the earliest possible moment a share of the important mineral traffic from the eastern Congo.

“It was clearly their expectation that, once the Central line had been completed, its commercial value would depend on the further construction of the necessary feeder railways and roads. The German Government had already nearly completed the earth-work of the first branch line northwards from Tabora into the populous areas to the north, and had intended to extend this northern spur:

“(1) In the direction of Bukoba-Ruanda;

“(2) To Mwanza.

“This last project had been decided upon after very careful surveys had been made by the Germans as to the possibilities of extending the Tanga line from Moshi to Lake Victoria, but the extreme difficulty from an engineering point of view of crossing the Great Rift Valley and traversing a rocky volcanic crater country immediately to the west of it, as well as the practically uninhabited area through which such a railway would have to run, decided them to abandon such a project in favour of making Tabora the most important collecting junction on the Central line for the populous north-west.

“With regard to the great undeveloped southern area of the Territory, the Germans had considered possible lines from Lake Nyasa to the subsidiary port of Kilwa, but these, too, appear to have been abandoned in favour of the wiser policy of concentrating at the port of Dar es Salaam. The Germans had undertaken preliminary investigations for routes from Lake Nyasa to a point on the Central line. In our opinion, the whole question of the development of the south-western highlands, as well as the basin of Lake Nyasa, depends on the construction of such a line.

“The General Manager of the railways has gone into this question very carefully and has investigated possible alternative routes. We discussed this question very fully and considered all the data that [was] put before us, and our recommendation is that the line should be commenced at Ngerengere (Km. 145 of the Central Railway) and should proceed via Kisaki to Kidatu on the Great Ruaha river. This river, the only formidable one on the route, should be bridged at this point, and thence the railway should follow the left bank of the Kilombero river and thence by the Pitu Valley (a tributary of the Kilombero) to the Rutukira Valley, and thence from the confluence of the Rutukira and Ruhuhu to Manda (Wiedhafen) situated in the Amelia Bay on Lake Nyasa. This is the route recommended by the General Manager.

“The Kilombero Valley may be described as a great alluvial plain which could be turned into one of the finest cotton, sugar and rice producing areas in the world, and which by drainage and irrigation could eventually cover approximately 1,000 square miles.

“The Pitu Valley was described to us as very fertile and fairly well populated, and the centre of one of the richest potential grain districts of the country.

“The maximum elevation which such a railway would have to cross is on the divide between the Indian Ocean (Pitu Valley) and Lake Nyasa (Rutukira Valley), at an eleva-tion of 2,940 fect above sea-level. When one remembers that the Mau summit of the old Uganda line is over 8,000 feet above sea-level, and the summit of the new through line to Uganda (Uasin Gishu) is over 9,000 feet, the difficulties and consequently the cost of the proposed Lake Nyasa trunk line should be materially less than any other similar line hitherto constructed in East Africa.

“The total length from Ngerengere to Manda by the proposed route is just over 400 miles. It is the most considerable new construction which we recommend to you, and it would do more to open up and develop a vast new area of Africa than any other line which we can suggest. We recommend that you should invite the consent of the Treasury to an immediate survey and estimate of the cost of this line. We consider that this survey should be undertaken not merely from an engineering point of view, but also from an economic and administrative point of view, and that the survey party should be accompanied by a qualified agricultural officer who should report on the possible agricultural development of the different areas which the line would traverse, and on the means of access to it from the Iringa district.

“We advise this route, not only in the interests of the development of Tanganyika Territory, but also because it would provide the cheapest and quickest route and outlet for the northern half of Nyasaland and the eastern parts of North-eastern Rhodesia.

“We are satisfied that the other alternative route to Lake Nyasa via Dodoma, Iringa, Tukuyu to Mwaya (the port at the extreme north end of Lake Nyasa), although giving a more direct route to the south-western highlands of Tanganyika Territory, would be more expensive and more difficult. The eastern portions of these highlands could be connected by means of roads with our proposed line at different points in the Kilombero Valley, while the western portions in the neighbourhood of Tukuyu could use the excellent existing road from Tukuyu to Mwaya and lake transport from Mwaya to Manda. We wish this new trunk line to Lake Nyasa to be regarded as of primary importance.

“In our opinion the most urgent new railway construction is the completion of the Tabora-Kahama line (which will be open this year) to Mwanza. This line should, in our opinion, proceed from Kahama to Shinyanga and thence via Kuru (to the east of the existing Shinyanga-Mwanza road) to Mwanza. We are glad to learn that the portion from Kahama to Shinyanga has been sanctioned in principle. It should be pushed for-ward without delay.

“Shinyanga district is one of the richest, most densely populated and progressive native areas in the whole territory, while between Shinyanga and Mwanza lies a promising cotton area. Animal transport between Shinyanga and Tabora is out of the question on account of tsetse-fly. Fly again appears north of Shinyanga and between Shinyanga and the frontier of the Mwanza district. Motor transport is out of the question between either Shinyanga and Tabora or Shinyanga and Mwanza except during the dry months of the year.

“The total distance from Tabora to Mwanza by the route we propose is approximately 260 miles. Thus, leaving out the already sanctioned branch to Shinyanga, approximately 140 miles of new construction will have to be undertaken.

“A study of the map of East Africa makes it clear that sooner or later all the railway systems should be linked in physical connection in order to secure the maximum of economy in management and control. Instead of a series of separate managements, survey staffs and railway workshops, a single organisation would enable great economy to be effected in these matters, and salaries could be afforded that should enable the East African railway service to attract first-class men.

“We therefore considered how best such physical connection between the various railway systems could be effected, due regard being had to the need of opening up the greatest possible profitable area. We have come to the conclusion that these two desiderata would best be attained by a line connecting Moshi at the foot of Mount Kilimanjaro with Dodoma on the Tanganyika Central Railway, such a line passing through Arusha, Gwanzave (Ufiome district), Kondoa Irangi, to Dodoma. This would involve some 280 miles of new construction which could be begun from both ends simultaneously.

“In view of the existing physical connection between the Tanga line and the Uganda Railway by the existence of the Voi-Kahe branch, constructed as a military railway during the war, we recommend that the management and operation of the Tanga line should be transferred forthwith to the Uganda Railway. The Tanga line would remain in the ownership of the Tanganyika Government, and the terms on which the operation of the line would be taken over by the Uganda Railway should be the subject of joint recommendations to you by the High Commissioner for the Uganda Railway system and the Governor of Tanganyika Territory.

“We should like to suggest, however, that, in addition to the arrangements regarding finance, service and rates in connection with the proposed transfer of the Tanga line, the Government of Tanganyika Territory and the unofficial residents in Tanga district should have some representation on the new Inter-Colonial Board recently established in connection with the Uganda Railway, in order that the interests of Tanga shall be represented.

“We recommend that the extension from Sanya river, the present terminus to the west of Moshi, to Arusha should be approved and commenced as soon as possible.

“The three new railways which we recommend in this territory have an importance from a political and administrative point of view in addition to their economic value. Tanganyika Territory is geographically the centre of the group of British East African Dependencies, and if any advance is to be made in the direction of better co-ordination, effective means of communication with Nyasaland and Northern Rhodesia on the one hand and Uganda and Kenya on the other are essential. The railway programme we suggest takes this consideration into account.

“But, apart from external communication, the proposed development of the railway system is urgently required from an internal point of view. In our opinion, there has been a tendency to concentrate expenditure and interest in Dar es Salaam and the places which can be easily reached from Dar es Salaam by means of the Central Railway, with the result that both the northern and the southern areas of the territory have been comparatively neglected. In particular, Mwanza and Bukoba have suffered from shortage of staff in all departments and from lack of attention by the headquarter officers in Dar es Salaam, the main cause having been the difficulty of communications.

“The absence of railway or road communication between the Tanga-Moshi-Arusha area and the capital has led to an agitation started in the Arusha district for the transfer of the northern area of the territory to Kenya, with which it is linked by the Voi-Kahe railway and by means of the motor road from Nairobi to Arusha. In our opinion insufficient attention has been given to the important northern districts, and the feelings of the settlers in the northern areas are not without some cause. To this feeling have been added the fears and misunderstandings regarding Great Britain’s position as Mandatory. Arusha planters took the lead in this matter and they definitely urged annexation of their district by Kenya. They were at first supported by their colleagues in the Moshi district, but we gathered when at Moshi that opinions in this district had undergone considerable change. The non-native communities in Tanga expressed no desire for the proposed annexation. The natives were strongly opposed to it.

“We pointed out that annexation was out of the question without a revision of the terms of the Treaty of Versailles, and that, even if the administration of the northeastern highlands by the Government of Kenya were thought desirable on its merits, the area would remain mandated territory, subject to the conditions of the mandate. In that case an annual report would have to be rendered by the Governor of Kenya in the same manner as in the case of the British Mandated Territory of Togoland which is administered as part of the Gold Coast Colony. This would confer upon the Permanent Mandates Commission, and the Council of the League of Nations, the right to review and comment on all Kenya legislative or administrative action applied to the mandated area.

“We are, however, satisfied that the desire for the suggested transfer would disappear if the Arusha district were rendered more accessible from Dar es Salaam by the construction of further road and rail communications, and if greater attention and encouragement were given in future to the special needs of the district in such matters as coffee development and European education.

“The plains round Mount Kilimanjaro and Mount Meru are capable of considerable development by means of irrigation, the rainfall on the two mountains being high, and at present running very largely to waste. Such development would require considerable capital and non-native enterprise, but, if it were undertaken, large crops of irrigated cotton both native and non-native could be produced, and the most valuable and suitable arabica coffee area in the whole of East Africa considerably extended. On the actual mountains of Kilimanjaro and Meru there is already a large, in some places a congested, native population, and no further land can be alienated. But in the plains round the mountains, provided irrigation is carried out, further non-native settlement can safely be encouraged.

“To return to the question of communications, the Director of Public Works informed us that he regarded the country as being ‘starved for roads’. It is essential that in a country like Tanganyika Territory there should be a definite road policy. The department responsible should have the duty, not only of constructing and maintaining existing public roads and bridges, but also of drawing up, in consultation with the General Manager of Railways, the Agricultural Department and the Native Affairs Department, a programme of main and feeder roads to be carried out as and when money is available, either from loan funds or from current revenue. There should also be an annual report on roads.” [1: p208-212]

Hill tells us that of the lines recommended by the Commission two were quickly built – the Tanga line was extended to Arusha and the Tabora-Kahema line was extended to Mwanza. Both opened towards the end of the 1920s.

Hill says that “From 1925 onwards, the proposal to build a railway to the southern part of Tanganyika led to a long and complex controversy, notable for a welter of conflicting ideas. In 1925, a reconnaissance survey was carried out from Ngerengere, on the Central Railway, down to Tukuyu. In 1926, a further preliminary survey was run from Dodoma to the Ruaha river and thence to llongo, Kasale and Fife. In 1927, tacheometric surveys were run between Dodoma and Iringa and Unyika and the border. In the same year, a further reconnaissance survey was carried out between Unyika and Iringa and thence to Msagali. In 1928, a report and estimate on the line from Dodoma to Fife was submitted and, in 1929, the Chief Engineer, Mr. C. Gillman, prepared a comprehensive report on the project for a railway to the south. This report was strongly criticised by the European settlers who were concerned with the development of the southern highlands, an enterprise greatly encouraged by the support of Lord Delamere. Several of the lines surveyed ran along alignments which suited the interests of the European farming community, but they passed through very difficult country and would have been very expensive to construct and to operate. Mr. Gillman bluntly stated that a line from Dodoma to Fife could only be regarded, technically and economically, as an impossible proposition which could in no circumstances be recommended.” [1: p213]

“Shortly before the publication of Mr. Gillman’s report the committee appointed to submit proposals under the Imperial Colonial Development Act had unanimously recommended the immediate construction of a line from Kilosa to Ifakara on the Kilombero plain and of another line from Dodoma to Iringa. This committee also recommended a detailed survey from Iringa to llongo with a view to an early extension.” [1: p213-214]

In the autumn of 1929, Brigadier-General F. D. Hammond was again commissioned by the Secretary of State to report on the Tanganyika Railways. He arrived in Dar es Salaam on 1st September and left on 5th November. While he was in the Territory, the Governor, Sir Donald Cameron, asked him to express his views on Mr. Gillman’s report. In the summary of the conclusions of his report, Brigadier-General Hammond wrote:

“The question as to which route should be chosen for the Southern line has been clouded by the demand for a so-called ‘Imperial Link’ between the Tanganyika and Rhodesian Railway systems. No adequate justification, economic, administrative or strategic, for this ‘Link’ has been advanced. The phrase has not, however, been without its influence on the recommendations of the local Colonial Development Fund Committee. What is required in the interests of the Territory is the route which will open up best the huge undeveloped area lying to the south of the Central line, bearing in mind that some day it may be sound to extend it to join the neighbouring system. It is not disputed that the Dodoma-Iringa section will not be a paying proposition as a separate line, whereas the Kilosa-Ifakara section is one of the most promising in the country. To choose the Dodoma-Iringa-Fife route would mean giving to this, one of the least promising propositions, priority in capital and labour over all the other schemes and delaying all of them by four years. For these reasons I recommend the Kilosa-Ifakara-Mpanga-Fife route for the Southern line.” [1: p214]

In the July of 1930 Sir Donald Cameron appointed a Railway Commission under the chairmanship of Sir Sidney Henn. The Commission, which fairly represented all interests and travelled widely through the country, submitted its report in September 1930. The Commission recommended:

(1) The immediate construction of a railway from Kilosa to Ifakara.

(2) The construction of a railway from Dodoma to Ubena, “on the assumption that His Majesty’s Government will provide the capital free of interest for at least twenty years, as it is not anticipated that the railway will meet its expenses within that period or that Tanganyika Territory could undertake the burden of this development without serious detriment to other interests.” Sir Sidney Henn and Mr. M. P. Chitale dissented from the recommendation to build this line.

(3) The construction of a line from Kilosa or Kimamba to the neighbourhood of Korogwe or Mombo. The General Manager, Lieut.-Colonel G. Maxwell, dissented from this recommendation. [1: p214]

The Commission also recommended: the survey and construction of feeder roads as an essential part of railway construction; the building of better roads in the areas not served by railways; that careful attention be paid to the progress if experiments on road-trains; and that there be an early investigation of the problems of progress and irrigation in the Kilombero Valley.

The despatch to the UK of this report was written by Sir Donald Cameron. He supported the proposed line from Kilosa to Ifakara provided it could be demonstrated that it would be profitable within 5 years. He disappointed those arguing for a line into the southern highlands and closed down the possibility of a railway South from the Central line. In so doing, he brought an end to speculation about a possible link line into Northern Rhodesia.

However, it was clear that should a link be made with lines in Northern Rhodesia, then the question of gauge compatibility would become important. “Experiments were set in train to determine whether some adaptable form of track could be used in all future track laying. In 1928, trials of a new type of sleeper, known as the F type, which was adaptable to either of the gauges, were started. These experiments proved successful, and in 1929 it was decided to standardise the F type of sleeper for all new purchases of track. … A further tacheometric survey was run from Kilosa to Ifakara, but the onset of the Great Depression soon put an end to any further steps towards the building of the line. In 1933, a tacheometric survey between Kilosa and Korogwe closed the extensive series of surveys which had occupied the railways’ surveyors since 1924.” [1: p215]

Hill tells us that, “The extension of the Tanga Railway to Arusha inspired the settlers in the Upper Sanya and Ngare-Nairobi areas to press for a short branch line to their farms. The preliminary survey was not satisfactory, but a later tacheometric survey led to a strong recommendation that the branch be constructed. The proposal was supported by the Development Committee and by Brigadier-General Hammond. Construction of the line was approved and bridging and other materials were imported from England and carted to the site. In the February of 1931 construction started, but after some £10,000 had been spent the work was stopped, again due to the world depression.” [1: p215]

He continues: “In 1926 a preliminary survey for a branch line from Itigi, via Singida, to Mkalama was completed. It was not a good job, and early in the following year a second survey established that Manyoni was a more suitable junction for a line to the north. Also in 1927, a tacheometric survey from Manyoni to Mkalama was completed, and a rough reconnaissance was done on a line from Manyoni via Kondoa Irangi to Arusha. In 1928, the location survey started from Manyoni, and it was completed as far as Singida in 1929 and to Kinyangiri in 1930. It was estimated that the line would cost £557,000. In 1930, there was also a reconnaissance for lines from Singida to Arusha and from Dodoma to Arusha.” [1: p215-216]

The General Manager wrote a most optimistic report of the economic prospect of the Manyoni-Kinyangiri branch which was also strongly supported by the Develop-ment Committee and by Brigadier-General Hammond. The General Manager predicted that the line would produce a revenue of from £50,000 to £70,000 a year after five years. The Governor was more cautious. He thought it preferable to postpone the scheme ‘if there is a prospect of a suitable road-unit being produced in a reasonable time’. Nevertheless, approval was given for the construction of the line. Work started in the September of 1931 and the rates quoted by the contractor, Mr. Yelitch, were a good deal less than those which had previously been paid. This was mainly due to the amount of cheap labour available as a consequence of the world depression which pressed hardly on Africans. The line was opened to Singida by the Governor, Sir Stewart Symes, on 31st July 1932, and railhead reached Kinyangiri early in 1933. Due to very heavy rains the last section of the line was not sufficiently consolidated to open for public traffic until 1st April 1934. It was a suitable day of the year, for the line was to prove an expensive and disastrous folly. The line was laid with new 45-lb. track, and the actual cost of the 150 kilometres was £537,000 or £3,700 per kilometre. No interest was payable on the capital for the first two years.” [1: p216]

Hill explains: “The Kinyangiri branch was built on the assumption that it would stimulate export traffic from the districts of Singida and Mkalama and thereby encourage imports of consumer goods. The pressure of population on the land of these districts was fairly heavy and the people owned large herds of cattle. Apart from the fact that any increase of exports required a change in the way of life of the people – away from a pastoral existence to the growing of crops – it was apparently overlooked that the climate, the soil and the lack of water supplies made any move towards more intensive agriculture virtually impossible. In fact, without a large investment in the better distribution of water supplies, there was no real prospect that the land could do more than provide a subsistence economy for the people.”

Against a predicted value of £50,000, the annual receipts of the Kinyangiri branch, were £5,000 in the first year, rising to £13,000 in 1935. The receipts for the next four years were:

1936     £15,000

1937     £19,500

1938     £10,200

1939     £13,100

The costs of maintaining and operating the branch were:

1935     £34,600

1939     £45,100

Hill says: “By then the operation of the Kinyangiri branch had resulted in a total deficit of £262,500, taking into account interest and renewals and allowing for the value of additional traffic brought to the main line. In fact, no payments to a renewals fund were made, so the actual loss to the railways, after payment of interest charges, was £205,500 by the end of 1939. Small wonder that the General Manager wrote in 1937: ‘It seems practically certain that the branch will remain a burden to the Territory until the debt has been amortised’.” [1: p217]

The branch line from Moshi to Arusha was also a disappointing venture from a financial point of view. “Taking into account all charges, including interest and renewals, and all receipts, including the value of additional traffic brought to the Tanga line, and compensation in respect of additional traffic carried by the Kenya and Uganda Railways, the deficit for 1931 was £22,900. This deficit fell, steadily but slowly, to £17,000 for 1939. By then the aggregate deficit was £194,200. As no contributions were, in fact, made to the renewals fund, the actual loss to the railways was £143,200.” [1: p217]

Hill says that, “It is clear that the building of these two branches was largely responsible for the financial difficulties of the Tanganyika Railways in the ‘thirties. It was unfortunate that no heed was paid to Brigadier-General Hammond’s contention that ‘when a new railway is built which it is estimated will not pay its way within five years, the Territory should bear all losses until it reaches the paying stage.’ This point was persistently stressed by Mr. R. E. Robins, who succeeded Lieut.-Colonel G. A. P. Maxwell as General Manager of the Tanganyika Railways on 15th May 1936.” [1: p217]

Hill provides a table showing profit and loss for the Tanganyika Railways in the late 1920s and early 1930s. …

In this table, the profit and loss is struck before making any contribution to a renewals fund for the replacement of wasting assets. The figures are gross, and they include such activities as electric power stations and the Nyanza Salt Works during the years when they were run by the railways. [1: p218]

Hill notes that, “The rapid increase of the railways’ gross receipts and operating profits during the years 1926-1930, the buoyancy of world markets and confidence in the expansion of Tanganyika’s economy, inspired a general spirit of optimism. Expansion was the mood of the day, and it was often based on premises which were inadequately examined. The railways’ policy of building branch lines, and of investing large sums in the equipment of the lines to carry the expected increase of traffic, was bound to lead to serious trouble if the upward trend of the economy were checked. Admittedly, none could have foreseen the plague of locusts which afflicted East Africa from 1938 to 1931, nor the years of drought which exacerbated the ravage of locusts, nor the sudden collapse of the New York stock market, in the autumn of 1929, which heralded the Great Depression. On the other hand, sounder judgement might well have avoided the major blunder of the Kinyangiri branch and the excessive reliance placed on the traffic of copper concentrate from the Belgian Congo.” [1: p 218-219]

In terms of weight, sisal provided the railways with the greatest volume of traffic, but as the plantations were nearly all in the coastal districts, the haul was short and the revenue proportionately less than the total tonnage suggested. From the point of view of revenue, the most valuable traffic to the railways was the copper concentrate, mined at Katanga in the Belgian Congo and exported via Kigoma and Dar es Salaam. It travelled the length of the Central line, and it contributed far more to the railways’ revenue than any other commodity. From 1923 to 1931 the rise in the copper traffic was spectacular:

Year ending 31st March 1924. …………. 4,434 tons

Year ending 31st March 1925. ………….. 8,739 tons

Year ending 31st March 1926. …………. 18,817 tons

Year ending 31st March 1927. …………. 16,632 tons

Year ending 31st March 1928. ………… 26,565 tons

Year ending 31st March 1929. ………… 29,997 tons

Year ending 31st March 1930. …………. 18,538 tons

Year ending 31st March 1931. ………….. 34,137 tons

Hill says that the Railways’ Administration “seem to have taken it for granted that the copper traffic would continue and to have overlooked two considerations. First, the ores of Katanga were low grade and, secondly, they were mined in the middle of Africa which meant high freight charges on the way to European markets. Whereas the Katanga mines could compete in the good years, they were amongst the first enterprises to feel the effect of the depression.” [1: p219]

For the year to 31st March 1932, the copper traffic was only 7,166 tons and by the October of 1931 it had ceased. The Belgian Congo then diverted almost all traffic to its own outlets on the West coast of Africa – Stanleyville and Matadi in preference to the Tanganyika Railways. There was also some reason to suspect that a more lenient method of assessing customs duty was applied to the west coast route. Hill comments that: “The disadvantage of the copper traffic had been that, except in the years 1925 to 1927 – when the Congo imported heavy railway material via the East Coast to hasten the completion of lines which would eventually compete with the Tanganyika Railways the down-traffic to Dar es Salaam was far greater than the up-traffic to Kigoma, In fact, the copper traffic involved a lot of light running and empty trains into Kigoma. Even so, the sudden and complete cessation of traffic was a severe setback to the Tanganyika Railways.” [1: p 219-220]

Flood water persistently assailed various sections of the permanent way in the rainy seasons. There was a severe shortage of water for locomotives during long seasons of dry weather. Hill’s own view, expressed in the late 1950s, was that these problems had still not been resolved.

Serious flooding problems required the raising of embankment levels across the Usinge swamp and the provision of culverts through the embankment. However, the most troublesome section of the line was between Kilosa and Dodoma, through the Mukondokwa Valley. In January 1930, major problems with flooding required a diversion of the line between Kms. 319 and 323 to the North and the continued repair of breeches to embankments elsewhere. A bridge, at Km. 342 was also washed away and proved difficult to repair. In March 1930, another washout occurred between Kms. 281 and 287 and the bridge at Km. 342 was again washed away. Further problems were experienced at the beginning of April 1930.

A major realignment project saw £257,000 spent on a new route higher up the valley slopes and when further flooding affected the Mukondokwa Valley in 1936, the railway was not affected. However, in 1937, the river rose once again and washed away the main railway bridge, with traffic stopped for a month.

Extensive minor wash-aways occurred annually throughout the whole system, including the Tanga line and the newly constructed Mwanza branch. “As early as 1926, it was clear that the cause of many of the wash-aways was that the bush covering of the slopes had been cleared and the land brought under cultivation.” [1: p222] Whilst not an example of climate change, this was an example of the way human action could be responsible for adverse effects on a local environment.

Hill continues: “The greater part of the country traversed by the Central line is arid and dries out almost completely for several months of the year. Most of the water points established by the Germans were derived from surface sources and there was barely enough water to suffice in the average year. In years of less than average rainfall there was a serious shortage. The depots at Dodoma and Tabora, where water was required for wash-outs and for shunting locomotives in addition to running trains, were in a particularly bad position and water had frequently to be railed in by train to supplement the meagre supply. The heavy draw-off of water from the stations with a fair supply to supplement those with a poor supply resulted in a shortage of water at all stations. In some years the overall position became extremely serious.” [1: p222-223]

At Tabora an additional well was sunk in 1923, in the hope that more water would be found and in 1924 the well was deepened and lined. This was not successful and complaints of water shortage at Tabora were made each year. It was necessary to send Tabora locomotives to Malagarasi or Itigi for their wash-outs in the dry season. A plant was installed at Tabora to enable water used for washing out engines to be collected, purified and returned to circulation. This was a useful expedient but, in spite of it, the shortage continued. Eventually a deep boring plant was purchased and, in 1930, two deep boreholes were sunk at Tabora.” [1: p223]

The situation at Dodoma was almost as difficult and from there locomotives had to be sent to Morogoro or to Kilosa for their wash-outs. The Germans had found insufficient surface water at Dodoma and had sunk a number of boreholes at the station which produced a barely sufficient quantity of water for railway purposes. The township at Dodoma was faced with an even more serious shortage of water than the railways, so the Public Works Department decided to construct a dam to impound and store flood water. In order to pay for this scheme, it was decided that the railway supply should be closed and the P.W.D. should supply both the railways and the township from their new dam. The dam was completed and brought into operation in 1930. In subsequent years the water in the dam proved insufficient to meet all requirements, and the railway boreholes were re-opened to supplement the supply.” [1: p223]

We have already noted that Brigadier-General Hammond compiled a second report for the Secretary of State for the Colonies in March 1930. Hill says that he found more to comment than to criticise. His recommendations covered a wide field. Hammond noticed the way the growth in road transport had brought the growth of passenger traffic on the Tanga line to a standstill, so he suggested the use of railcars to meet this competition. He noted too, that with the Railway Company not permitted to own land, it was not really a business, just a semi-independent arm of the state. He was also unimpressed by the quality of the Annual Report of the General Manager.

In relation to the Tanga line, Hammond, made these recommendations:

“The maintenance of both rail connections with Moshi has meant the division of traffic between the two railways to the detriment of both. Despite a good increase in receipts on the Tanga line and low capital charges, there was still a loss on working in 1928/29 of £22,095. The Kenya and Uganda Railways are handling the majority of the high-priced imports and the Tanganyika Railways the bulk of the low-priced exports.

“Great economies can be effected if the Kenya and Uganda Railways work the Tanga line and port as agents on behalf of the Tanganyika Railways. There are no great legislative or administrative difficulties, and my recommendation to this effect has the support of the East Africa Commission of 1924 and of the Closer Union Commission of 1928. The two General Managers are working out a scheme for this purpose, and it is hoped that one acceptable to both parties can thus be solved. Failing this, the matter should be subjected to arbitration. When a proper solution has been reached, the Tanga line should soon show good working results.

“Motor competition has already made its presence felt on the Tanga line and will soon do so on the Central line. I recommend that this should be met by a system of tolls, which will encourage the man who tries to open up services in new areas or on roads radiating from the railway, but definitely discourage the man who chooses to enter into competition with the railways and is using up energy and capital in wasteful competition. [1: p223-224]

Hammond dealt with several controversies which had arisen between the Tanganyika Treasury and the railways, but on the financial side his most important recommendation dealt with the urgent need to establish a renewals fund. In a summary of his report he wrote:

“It is recommended that, instead of applying surpluses to the redemption of two items for which the railways acknowledge indebtedness to the Tanganyika Treasury, they should be applied to the reduction of the arrears of renewals and the items should figure as ‘Advances from Treasury.’

“It is recommended that future surpluses should be applied first to reducing arrears of renewals and that the railways should not pay interest on these special advances and on cash advanced prior to 31st March 1927, until the arrears have been wiped out. If the railways become part of an organisation separate from the Government, the advances should be repaid or interest paid on them.

“A Renewals Fund should be started. The necessary data has been prepared and payments should start as from 1st April 1930. An Arrears of Renewals Account should also be started.

“After deducting Sinking Fund contributions, the contribution to the Renewals Fund for the year 1930-1931 will be £152,860, as against a credit balance on Revenue Account for the year 1928-1929 of £122,692. It is hoped that this gap will be made good by an increase of net revenue but, if not, any shortfall in the contribution must be added to the arrears of renewals. These arrears will amount on 1st April, 1930, to £1,271,119, which emphasises the need for generous treatment of the railways by the Territory.

“An item of approximately £1,270,000 for ‘Arrears of Renewals’ will have to appear in the Balance Sheet with a corresponding increase of the Deficiency Account.” [1: p224-225]

Hammond also stated that the cause of the weak financial position of the Tanganyika Railways was the small volume of business handled compared with the mileage maintained. “It is, therefore,” he wrote, “even more necessary for the Tanganyika Railways than for the ordinary railway to increase their gross receipts and to expend capital in doing so.” [1: p225]

In other words, Hammond advised a continuation of the policy of expansion. Events were soon to show that such advice was of no value and quite impossible to follow.

He noted that in order to provide for the development of the whole system the General Manager estimated that the normal capital requirements during the next three years would be:

1930-31          £442,500
1931-32           £355,500
1932-33          £279,100

Hill says that, “The largest items were £650,000 for locomotives and rolling stock and £153,000 for housing for the Asian and African staff. Brigadier-General Hammond considered proposed capital expenditure was reasonable and justifiable. He also approved the expenditure of £176,000 on the wharf frontage and facilities at Dar es Salaam, £40,000 on fixed moorings and a tug and £125,000 to improve and enlarge the wharf accommodation at Tanga. He did not approve a proposal to spend £85,000 on a new single-ended traffic yard at Dar es Salaam.”

Hammond pointed out that the improvement in the railways’ financial position was due to the increased earnings on the Central line, which had showed a surplus of £140,280 for the year ended 31st March 1929, after allowance for interest had been made. On the other hand the Tanga line still showed a loss on revenue account alone before allowing for loan charges.

“This is in marked contrast,” he wrote, “with the situation as it appeared when I reported on these railways in 1921. Then, although both lines were working at a loss, the prospects of the Tanga line were, according to the opinions of all whom I consulted, considered by far the brighter both on account of the possibilities of the Moshi-Arusha area and because development had already begun along the lower section before the war. The change in the relative positions is well shown in the coaching and goods earnings of the two lines. In the year 1922 these totalled £196 per mile for the Central line and £162 per mile for the Tanga line; in the year 1928/29 they were £583 and £321 per mile respectively. The growth in the former has been due principally to the development of the transit trade with the Congo, and in a lesser degree to the good agricultural development in the area between Kilosa and Kidugallo.

“Although overshadowed by the results on the Central line, there has also been excellent development on the Tanga line, but the retention of two outlets for the Moshi and Arusha traffic has meant a division of the receipts coupled with expenditure in operating and maintaining two lines instead of one, while the upper section of the Tanga line, apart from Moshi itself, has produced up to date insignificant receipts,

“Although the financial results have thus shown a welcome improvement, the traffic on both lines still remains light. On the Dodoma-Morogoro section the average number of trains per week is 14 each way, on the Morogoro-Tabora section nine to ten, and on the Tabora-Kigoma and Tabora-Mwanza section four per week each way. On the Tanga line there is an average of 15 trains a week each way as far as Korogwe; beyond that the average does not exceed six a week each way.” [1: 225-226]

Dealing with the prospects of the Central line, Brigadier-General Hammond wrote:

“To a person like myself, revisiting the country after eight years, the increase in cultivated land along the railway is striking. The development has obviously not reached its limit by any means; new acreages are being planted and, though the increase may not be so rapid as in the past, there should be a steady progress. The only important commodity which has been disappointing is groundnuts; the tonnage of these, which was 10,845 in 1924/25, fell to 3,853 in 1925/26 and only reached 9,224 in 1928/29. This is attributed partly to a series of bad seasons and partly to the fact that some of the natives in the Mwanza area have turned from groundnuts to cotton. For the latter reason a large increase cannot be expected except at the expense of cotton, but development in agriculture has already taken place amongst the tribes along the main line and, with a steady growth in this and with the return of a few good seaons, it would not be unreasonable to anticipate a moderate increase on the 1924/25 figures.” [1: p226]

An RV Class 4-8-2 Locomotive no. 252 ‘Rufiji’ – The Tanganyika Railways RV class, later known as the EAR 21 class, were designed and built for the Tanganyika Railway (TR) as a 4-8-2 development of the 2-8-2 TR MK class. The eight members of the RV class were built by Vulcan Foundry, in Newton-le-Willows, Lancashire.
The “RV” class designation was short for “River”, as each RV class locomotive was named after a river in the Tanganyika Territory. The Class entered service on the Tanganyika Railways between 1928 and 1930, and its members were later operated by the TR’s successor, the East African Railways (EAR), (c) Public Domain. [1: p303]
A GA Class Garratt 4-8-2+2-8-4 – the three members of the Class were built in 1930 by Beyer, Peacock & Co. in Manchester. They entered service in 1931, and, with one exception, were later operated by the Tanganyika Railway’s successor, the East African Railways (EAR). These locomotives were first given TR numbers (TR 300-302) and were later numbered TR 700-702 and under EAR control were EAR 5301-5302. One of the Class (TR 702) was scrapped after a derailment. These locos were predominantly used on the Dar-es-Salaam to Morogoro section, the heaviest part of the Central Line. [1: p303][10]

As the 1930s unfolded, there was significant debate in Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika regarding the need to provide some protection for the railways from road competition. “In 1935 committees were appointed in Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika to consider the control and co-ordination of all forms of transport. The Uganda and Tanganyika committees generally supported the need for regulation and the Kenya committee strongly supported the regulation of all forms of transport. In the July of 1936 Brigadier-General Sir Osborne Mance visited East Africa to advise the three Governments on the problem. His report, which was not published until 1937, generally endorsed the proposals to regulate all forms of transport on the lines recommended by the Kenya Committee. General Mance pointed out that if motor transport were under the same obligation as the railways to carry traffic tendered at the same rates as the railways for all commodities, viz. an average of 12-68 cents (Kenya and Uganda Railways) and 18-29 cents (Tanganyika Railways) per ton-mile, it would have to go out of business and leave the railways alone in the field. If, however, road transport were allowed to pick and choose and limit itself to the highest classes of traffic in one direction and the best return load available in the other, it could easily undercut the high railway import rates and earn a profit. The railways would then lose the revenue necessary to balance the low export rates and, as any attempt to raise the latter rates beyond the amount determined by world competitive prices would result in the cessation of exports and hence of imports, a heavy railway deficit would occur which would have to be made good by the Government at the expense of the taxpayer, including the importer, who would in this way lose any temporary advantage obtained by the reduction of rates for the carriage of imports by road. The only beneficiary would be the motor transporter, until he was also ruined by cut-throat competition for the diminishing traffic.” [1: p229]

General Mance concluded that some form of regulation of transport was inevitable, and that the railway system was essential as the cheapest form of transport for imports and exports. He recommended a continuation of the policy of protecting the railways from uneconomic competition by road transport.

He considered that all forms of transport should be controlled by licensing. He saw no need to restrict the operation of dhows on Lake Victoria and he advised a monopoly of air services in East Africa with railway participation.

In regard to roads, he suggested that East Africa should concentrate on the construction of real, all-weather roads for vehicles of moderate size and, only later on, improve the principal trunk roads for heavier vehicles. Priority should be given to feeder roads rather than those parallel to the railways. Ultimately it would probably be the demands for passenger transport which would require the development of long distance road because the railways would always be best suited to freight!

Hill reports on the performance and enhancement of the railways in the 1930s: “For the year ended 31st March 1930, the Tanganyika Railways made a profit of £57,830, after meeting interest charges of £183,551. During the year both lines received a considerable reinforcement of rolling stock. From England, the Central line received 50 covered goods wagons; 14 bogie covered goods wagons; 2 bogie first-class coaches, a second-class coach and a dining car, and 8 brake vans and 6 fuel trucks. In addition, 5 bogie third-class coaches, an inspection coach, 2 travelling workshops and a pay coach were built locally for the Central line. From England, the Tanga line received a first- and second-class bogie coach and a dining car; 8 bogie covered-goods wagons, and 24 covered-goods wagons and 4 brake vans. An inspection coach and 2 motor vans were built locally for use on the Tanga line.” [1: p230]

In the June of 1931 three new Garratt-type engines (4-8-2-2-8-4) were added to the stock on the Central line. These engines weighed 131.35 tons, and had a tractive effort of 40,260 lb. at 85% boiler pressure. Due to the disastrous fall in traffic, the first of these engines was not put into service until the March of 1932. The Garratts were far more economical and efficient than any engines previously owned by the railways. Their arrival enabled all the old German engines, except four shunting engines, two on the Central and two on the Tanga line to be laid up in 1932. The old German engines had always been very expensive to run and the Garratts made possible a considerable reduction of running costs.” [1: p230]

An unidentified Beyer Garratt locomotive on the Central Line in 1931. [1: p230]

Although the revenue of the Kenya and Uganda Railways was £255.589 less in 1930 than in the previous year, and there was a deficit of £83,210 on the year after meeting loan charges of £690,181 and a contribution of £324,784 to the Renewals Fund – the Tanganyika Railways did not feel the full adverse effect of the Great Depression until the following year. When the blow fell it was extremely hard. The Territory’s revenue, which was £1,992,675 for the year ended 31st March 1930, fell to £1,749,478 for the following year and to £1,552,368 for the year ended 31st March 1932, when it was necessary to raise a loan of £500,000 to strengthen the Territory’s working balance which had shrunk too small. Exports, which exceeded £4 millions in 1928, declined to £1,890,722 in 1931. In so far as the railways were concerned, the effects of the depression were exacerbated by three factors: (a) the loss of the Congo traffic-partly due to the depression and partly to the Belgian policy of diverting traffic to the West coast route via Stanleyville and Matadi; (b) the failure of the crops along the Central line, (During the year ended 31st March 1931, the railways moved 17,486 tons of groundnuts, but in the following year only 2,908 tons were moved); (c) a large increase of interest charges, which rose from £115,674 for the year ended 31st March 1929, to £252,072 for the year ended 31st March 1932. In 1933, the railways’ accounts were changed to coincide with the calendar year, and interest charges were £291,399. In 1934 they reached a peak of £323,919.” [1: p230-231]

In his annual report for the year ended 31st March 1932, the General Manager wrote that it was not until the March of 1931 that

“that the seriousness of the situation was fully realised and that no ordinary measures to curtail expenditure would meet the case.”

He then stated:

“Accordingly, drastic proposals were put in hand to cut down expenditure in every possible direction. These proposals necesitated very heavy retrenchments of staff; heavy repairs in the workshops were cut down; labour wages were considerably reduced; artisans on agreements were put on daily rates of pay; workshops staff were put on short time and their wages reduced. Travelling allowances were stopped and heavy cuts were made in mileage and other railway allowances.

“The Workshops and Stores Depot at Tabora were closed down, and from the 1st January, 1932, a levy on salaries was introduced.

“The result of these proposals as finally approved amounted to a decrease in working expenditure of some £245,000 out of a total estimated working expenditure of ap-proximately £700,000, a decrease of 35 per cent. for the year under review.

“The following reductions in staff were made during the year:

European            106
Asiatics                451
Africans          2,507

In total            3,064

“Though the reductions made this year have been considerable, their full effect will not be evident until 1932-1933 owing to the heavy expenditure on account of leave pay, gratuities, passages, etc., which follow retrenchments. At the date of writing the reduction in the number of European staff amounts to 156.

“Every possible avenue for reducing expenditure is being explored during 1932 and considerable further reductions will be reflected during 1932 and 1933.

“The difficulties of such a complete change of policy and the consequent retrenchment will, I hope, be appreciated.”

Hill tells us that, “In addition to the failure of the groundnuts crop, the export traffic on the Central line declined by 2,535 tons of cotton and 2,785 tons of grains. On the Tanga line the export traffic of coffee was down by 1,338 tons, of sisal by 3,511 tons and of timber by 1,782 tons. The only bright spot was an increase of sisal exports down the Central line from 8,507 tons to 15,100 tons. In aggregate the goods traffic carried declined by 101,729 tons. The worst blow was that only 7,166 tons of copper were carried during the year ended 31st March 1932 as compared with 34,127 tons in the previous year. When the copper traffic ceased entirely in the October of 1931, the loss of revenue was about £90,000 a year. In the upshot the railways’ revenue fell from £900,708 to £557,792. Expenditure was £514,600, giving an operating surplus of £43,193. After loan charges of £252,072 had been met, there was a loss of £208,880 without making any provision for renewals.”[1: p231-232]

As a result of the new and enforced policy of economy, the curtailment of services, the reduction of staff and working expenses, the ratio of expenditure to revenue on the railways, exclusive of debt charges, fell steadily from 66.40% in 1933 to 49.31% in 1937.” [1: p232]

Hill reports that “the weather was favourable during 1932 and the Government’s efforts to increase the output of African-grown crops were very successful. The output of crops and products, exclusive of coffee and beeswax, was 80 per cent. greater than in 1931. In view of the low export prices for such products as groundnuts, cotton, copra and grains, the response of African growers to the Government’s plea for greater pro-duction was remarkable. Although the production of exportable crops nearly doubled, the value increased only from £1,890,722 to £2,356,942. As the Territory’s imports had declined from £4,285,952 in 1929 to £1,872,012 in 1932, there was still a favourable balance of visible trade.” [1: p237]

He continues: “The sisal industry was particularly hard hit by the slump. On the plantations, salaries and wages were drastically reduced, cultivating and re-planting were reduced to a minimum and development was at a standstill. Nevertheless, production was maintained, and in 1932 a total of 39,500 tons, valued at approximately £500,000, was exported. From Bukoba, 7,107 tons of native-grown coffee were exported and the European-owned plantations in the Northern and Tanga provinces produced about 4,000 tons of Arabica coffee, of which 3,600 tons were exported. On Kilimanjaro, about 12,500 native growers produced over 800 tons of Arabica coffee. The Kilimanjaro Native Co-operative Union, Ltd., was formed, under the guidance of a European manager, and was showing highly satisfactory results. The total value of minerals exported was £194,102, of which gold accounted for £150,166 and salt for £32,639. Of the exports of bullion, 30,881 ozs., the Lupa goldfields in the Mbeya district produced 15,843 ozs., practically all from alluvial, although reefs were being developed in this field. The Sekenke mine in the Mkalama district produced 10,843 ozs., and 4,100 ozs. came from the Musoma district.” [1: p237]

As the closing date of the railways’ financial year had been altered to December 31st, in accord with the Territory’s accounts, the General Manager’s report covered the period April 1st, 1932, to December 31st, 1932. For that period the gross receipts exceeded working expenditure by £111,738, but interest charges of £161,816 resulted in a loss of £51,078.” [1: p237]

The General Manager wrote that “to place the Tanganyika Railways and Port Services in a satisfactory position, the revenue from all services should be £1,000,000 per annum. In the year ended 31st March 1931, it had reached the £900,000 mark, but one-third of this sum was earned from the Congolese traffic. The task is a difficult but not an impossible one, and a good start has been made by all classes of producers in Tanganyika in 1932….” [1: p238] In fact, ten years were to pass before the railways achieved a revenue in excess of £1 million.

Hill tells us that “by the end of 1932 good progress had been made in training Africans to drive the super-heated engines working main-line passenger and goods trains, 14 African engine men had been certified as competent, although all but two or three were illiterate and dependent on station-masters, guards and shed staff for information on the working of trains and on shed clerks for the booking of repairs to engines. The engine-drivers on the Tanga line, with one exception, were Africans.” [1: p238]

In 1932, Mr Roger Gibb came to East Africa to undertake an enquiry into railway rates required by the Joint Select Committee of Parliament on ‘Closer Union. He visited Uganda and Kenya before arriving in Tanganyika in July 1932. In his report published early in 1933, “he advised against the amalgamation of the Tanganyika Railways and the Kenya and Uganda Railways on the grounds that the economies which would result would not be sufficient to out-weigh the political disadvantages arising from a clash of interests. Mr. Gibb thought that the Tanganyika Railways would benefit from adopting the rate charges which he had proposed for the Kenya and Uganda Railways, but that the greater gain would emerge from the Government’s policy of stimulating native production with a consequent greater density of traffic.

Inevitably Mr. Gibb turned his mind to the old controversy about the Tanga line. The statistics showed that the traffic to and from the Kilimanjaro district was no more than a train-load a week in each direction, which did not justify two ways to the coast. As the traffic was clearly Tanganyika traffic, Mr. Gibb thought that the Tanganyika Government should be entitled to break the link with Mombasa in order to reduce these losses. On the other hand, there was more to be said for the closing of the line between Buiko and Kahe, so Mr. Gibb proposed that the Kenya and Uganda Railways should carry all the Kilimanjaro traffic to Mombasa under an arrangement whereby the Tanganyika Railway would fix the rates to Voi and Mombasa and receive any profit. Mr. Gibb suggested that the track between Kahe and Buiko should be lifted and the earthworks used as a roadway, and the line between Buiko and Tanga sold, if possible, to a private company. He did not improve the prospect of any such sale by stating ‘if after the Tanga-Buiko line is disposed of, the section becomes prosperous, as it is suggested that it may, no great harm will be done to the Government by its sale. A government can get back in taxation much of its lost profits from abandoned ownership’.” [1: p239] Gibb’s proposals were not adopted and “within a few years the long controversy which the Tanga line had provoked lost much of its importance. The rates from Moshi to the coast by either route were assimilated, and in 1936 Sir Osborne Mance suggested that a pooling arrangement on the principle suggested for Lake Victoria would be likely to give the Tanganyika Railways a fair share of traffic and profit.” [1: p239-240]

During WW2, the lack of a link between the Kenya & Uganda Railways and the Central Tanganyika Railways was significant .Transport problems would have been even greater if the link from Kenya with the line between Tanga and Moshi had been broken!

Hill continues:

“The extension of the Central line to Mwanza … brought it into competition with the Kenya and Uganda Railways for the trade of the southern part of the Lake Victoria basin, The Secretary of State had ruled in 1928 that non-competitive rates should be arranged, leaving trade to take its normal course, a decision implemented by an agreement permitting the Kenya and Uganda Railways to retain its Lake traffic at all points except Mwanza; the rates from Mwanza to either Dar es Salaam or Mombasa were equalised and the rates from Tanganyika ports across the Lake were made higher via the Tanganyika route than via Kenya by the cost of transport across the Lake. It was contended by Tanganyika interests that this arrangement still left certain advantages with the Kenya and Uganda Railways, derived, among other causes, from their ownership of the steamers on the Lake. Mr. Gibb now suggested that the traffic arising at, or destined for, Tanganyika ports on the Lake should be pooled to prevent undue competition, and that as regards new traffic, a contribution should be made by the Kenya and Uganda Railways to the Tanganyika Railways for tonnage in excess of an agreed proportion. In 1934 the Secretary of State decided against a change in the previous arrangement until the total traffic to the Tanganyika Lake ports reached the tonnage handled by the Kenya and Uganda Railways prior to the building of the Mwanza line; this figure was exceeded in 1935, but Sir Osborne Mance, who reported on the matter in 1936, expressed the view that it would be preferable to revert to the decision of 1928, and allow the routes to function in accordance with their relative advantages; he considered that the present rates on the Kenya-Uganda Railways to Mombasa should apply equally to to Dar es Salaam for all Tanganyika ports, the revenue from traffic being pooled and divided on a percentage basis.

By 1936, the Kenya and Uganda Railways had overcome the worst of the effects of the slump and were once more working at a profit. As a result there was considerable pressure in Kenya and Uganda on the railways to reduce several rates in their tariff. When this was done in 1936, the Tanganyika Railways were in no position to take similar action, so the agreements between the two railways regarding equalisation of costs over the two routes had to be abandoned. This action led to an even greater diversion of traffic away from the Tanganyika Railways to the Kenya and Uganda Railways. Indeed, it was stated that traffic was being consigned from stations on the Mwanza branch via the Lake to Mombasa rather than to Dar es Salaam. The settlement finally reached in 1937 provided for equality of rates, freedom of choice by trader, payment to the transport system for services rendered and a division of profits between the two railways.

Although this agreement helped the Tanganyika Railways, there still remained the problem of the traffic which was carried across the border to the Kenya and Uganda system by road or by dhows on Lake Victoria which did not fall within the scope of the agreement. The 1934 Ordinance could not prevent this movement of traffic, as it only applied to traffic being carried between two places on the Tanganyika system. In 1939, the 1934 Ordinance was amended to enable the prohibition of the movement of goods by road on any route. It provided that before movement was prohibited, a public enquiry should be held. A second Ordinance to control, in a similar manner, the movement of goods by inland-water transport was also brought into operation in 1939. In that year the General Manager stated that the amended Ordinance, and the Ordinance to control Lake transport, had met reasonably well the threat of competition. However, he did not accept these Ordinances as being a complete solution of the problem, and he continued to press for the application of the more general Ordinance of 1937. [1:p240-241]

The years 1933 and 1934 saw a significant reduction in rainfall in the second shorter rainy season which also arrived late, meaning that the planting season was greatly shortened. Drought conditions saw food shortages. In places, the longer rains also failed. Locusts also proved to be a serious problem.

However, Hill says:

“Despite the poor rainfall, the exports of sisal, coffee and cotton were all greater than in any previous year. The output of sisal was 72,510 tons valued at 1.847.562; 14,766 tons of coffee valued at 6495,237 were exported, and the exports of cotton amounted to 31,612 bales valued at £326,613. The exports of gold were valued at £295,690. … From all this the railways derived little benefit. In 1933, gross receipts were only £532,092, and in 1934, only £565,842. After paying interest charges the losses on the two years were £112,635 and £125,254 respectively.” [1: p242]

GSL Class Sentinel Shunter of which eight were obtained in 1930. These locomotives were withdrawn and scrapped in the early 1950s, (c) EAR&H. [1: p300]

For the first eight months of 1934, Sentinel cars maintained a service between Moshi and Arusha, “but it was not a financial success. It was clear that the coastal section of the Tanga line offered the best opportunity for the railcars, once the difficulties arising from the axle-loading on the light track had been overcome. The cars were withdrawn in August for a general overhaul while the track was strengthened. Just before Christmas the new service was started. It was a good service, with reduced fares and daily early morning departures from Tanga and Korogwe (50 miles), with a return service from both ends in the afternoon. Twice a week the service was extended to Mombo (81 miles). From the outset the service proved a success, and receipts increased steadily week by week. Along this section of the line the fiercest competition from motor transport was met and passenger receipts had fallen consistently since 1930, until traffic was only 30 per cent. of that carried formerly. The Sentinel cars arrested the decline, and in the January of 1935 there was a substantial increase of passenger traffic for the first time since 1930. In view of the great success of the Sentinel rail-cars on the Tanga line, it was decided in 1936 to alter the gear ratio of two of the Sentinel shunting engines and run them on the Mwanza line between Shinyanga and Mwanza, hauling a single coach, and thereby providing a service similar to that given by the railcars on the Tanga line. Unfortunately, the traffic was not sufficient to pay for the service, which was withdrawn at the end of October 1937.” [1: p242-243]

Hill continues:

“By 1935 the drastic measures taken to deal with the financial difficulties of the railways were showing their full effect, Earnings rose to £662,296, while working expenditure was only £350,893, that is 52-98 per cent. of earnings. After meeting interest charges of £322,435, there was a small loss of £11,059, a great improvement on the results of the four previous years.” [1: p243]

Further efforts were made to cope with motor competition. A 15-ton road-train unit was acquired to initiate a branch service to the Kahama goldfields. However, this venture was not a success. In 1937 the road-train played a useful part in a campaign to deal with sleeping sickness around Urambo. In 1938 it was used for famine relief on the Tabora-Uyowa run, and it was laid up in the February of 1939. (During WW2 the road-train was taken over by the military authorities.)

Hill tells us that “the recovery of the railways’ finances in 1935 and 1936 was assisted by the general move away from the Great Depression. The gross volume of Tanganyika’s external trade in 1935 exceeded that of the previous year by £1.5 million. Exports rose by 30 per cent, to £3,445,143, and imports were valued at nearly £3 million. The most welcome feature was the recovery of sisal, for the price rose to £29 a ton, nearly double the price during the years of depression. During the year, 82,676 tons of sisal were exported and valued at £1,134.732; 18,558 tons of coffee exports were valued at £486,843; cotton exports were valued at £569,547, and gold exports at £369,742.” [1: p243]

The economic recovery which started early in 1935 continued in 1936, when the Territory’s revenue was nearly £2 million and expenditure £1,739,009. The value of exports rose to £4.516,284, more than £1 million greater than in 1935. After paying debt charges of £315,254, the railways made a profit of £52,875.” [1: p244]

Throughout the first half of the 1930s, no provision was made for a renewals fund. “With a profit again earned after meeting interest charges, a Renewals Fund was started. Unfortunately, the railways owed the Territory £402,131 at the end of 1936, Of this total, £151,416 represented the value of floating assets taken over in 1927; £223,066 had been advanced to meet the losses of 1933 and 1934; and £27,649 was the value of stores taken over from the Public Works Department in 1935. In that year, in the interests of economy, the Railway Stores Department was combined with the Government Stores in Dar es Salaam. The railways took over all stores held by the Government and continued to act as storekeepers for the Government until 1948. … The Government pressed for a reduction of the loan of £402,131 and demanded that any profits earned by the railways should be allocated for this purpose. In consequence a peculiar arrangement was made whereby the railways repaid their debt to the Government annually, and the Government advanced to the railways, annually as a loan, a sum of £50,000 for the Renewals Fund. By this queer device the profit of £52,875 earned in 1936 was reduced by £50,000 to £2,875 and the debt due by the railways to the Government of Tanganyika was increased to £452,131. On 1st January 1936, the accounts of the railways showed an excess of liabilities over assets of £211,185. At 31st December 1936, this figure was reduced to £208,310 after providing for the liability of £50,000 to the Renewals Fund. At a later date it was decided that essential renewals should be financed from a Railway Renewals Reserve which was maintained within the accounts of the Territory. The accounts of the railways and ports services were charged with the expenditure when it occurred, the expenditure was met by repayable borrowings from the Territory’s reserve, bearing interest at 4 per cent. per annum. It was estimated that at the end of December 1939, the total arrears of renewals contributions on assets provided from British capital was £1,256,225.” [1: p244]

Hill continues:

“In the year 1937 Tanganyika’s revenue and exports were greater than ever before. The total value of exports, including re-exports of £342,012, was £5,311,464. This achievement was in no way due to favourable climatic conditions. It would be true to say that it was accomplished in spite of adverse factors, particularly in the case of native crops. Except in the Eastern Province, the rains were not favourable. They were heavy and prolonged in the Lake, Western and Northern Provinces, and caused serious losses in coffee, cotton, groundnuts and maize, whereas in the Southern Province they were deficient, and low yields of grain were the result. In spite of these discouragements, the efforts of African cultivators resulted in ample supplies of food for their own consumption and of produce for sale.

Their efforts were helped by the good fortune that no extensive outbreak of plant pests or disease occurred and that the Territory remained, throughout the year, almost entirely free from locust infestation. The owners of livestock were not so fortunate. Rinderpest swept southward during the year, being finally held up in the Central Province, and there was an extensive outbreak of contagious bovine pleuro-pneumonia in the Lake Province.

Agricultural products sold for good prices during the greater part of the year. Sisal stood at from £28 to £30 per ton; the world price of American cotton was 7d. to 8d. per lb. of lint; coffee prices had risen appreciably over the past five years, and the prices of maize, groundnuts, copra and sesame were high. The outlook seemed good enough, but in the latter part of the year there came a serious slump in the prices of all agricultural produce except grains and tea.

Sisal attained record figures both in quantity (90,000 tons) and value (over £2,000,000), and coffee, cotton and rice established new records in quantity. The value of the cotton crop was below that of 1929, owing to a particularly rapid price decline. Gold made another advance both in quantity and value.

The railways’ revenue increased to £780,565, and after meeting debt charges of £312,454 the profit was £83,198. The percentage of revenue to earnings fell to the extremely low figure of 49:31 per cent.” [1: p244-245]

1938 was a year of disappointing setbacks for Tanganyika: “The weather was generally unfavourable and there was a decline in the prices realisable for Tanganyika’s products on the world’s markets. The value of the Territory’s exports fell by over £1 million to £4,050,734. The railways’ revenues fell to £662,556, and after paying debt charges there was a loss of £20,780. A striking example of how severely the railways’ revenue could be hit by a bad season was was provided by the groundnuts crop, always liable to marked fluctuation. In 1937, the railways carried 20,895 tons of groundnuts. In 1938 the railways carried 2,783 tons of groundnuts. This meant a direct loss of revenue of £37,000, apart from the indirect loss caused by a consequent reduction of imports. There was also a large fall in the traffic of grains, which produced £27,476 in 1937 and only £17,246 in 1938. Further loss to the Tanganyika Railways, estimated at £20,000, was caused by the infiltration of traffic carried initially by the Kenya and Uganda Railways and then into Tanganyika by road or waterway.” [1: p245]

“Moreover, 1938 was the year of Munich. Uncertainty about the future of Tanganyika, caused by demands for the return of the Territory to Germany, had a most adverse effect on the economy. There was a reluctance to invest capital in the country, many development projects were set aside and a large number of commercial firms reduced their stocks to a minimum. In 1937, the European population of Tanganyika was 9,107, of whom 5,642 were males and 3,465 were females. The British, including South Africans, numbered 4.145. The number of Government officials, including the European staff of the Tanganyika Railways, was 1,035. The number of British subjects in Tanganyika who were not in the public service was, therefore, about 2,150. The number of Germans was nearer 1,000, and many of them had been infected with the political outlook of Nazism.” [1: p246]

The Munich crisis, in the September of 1938, brought home to the Government the need to set all defence plans in readiness, more especially to ensure internal security against possible action by the German inhabitants whose propaganda had been active and whose organisation could not be underestimated. (For more about the political machinations of the later months of 1938 – see F. S. Joelson’s book, Germany’s Claim to Colonies (Hurst & Blackett), 1939.)

Hill comments: “The vacillations of certain statesmen, and the reservations of statements in the House of Commons and elsewhere, over several years, did great hurt to the economy of Tanganyika. The uncertainty of the prospect set a check on settlement and investment and a brake on economic development. Immense progress had been made in the face of great difficulties the very nature of a vast country, drought and flood and the Great Depression. Much more would have been achieved without the threat that Germany might regain the sovereignty of Tanganyika. From now on men’s minds were depressed by the increasing realisation that a Second World War was inevitable.” [1: p247]

From the start of 1939, all ports in Tanganyika were administered by the railways. Hitherto the railways had only been concerned with Dar es Salaam and Tanga. Hence-forward they were also responsible for Pangani, Bagamayo, Kwale, Tirene Bay, Kilwa Kivingee, Lindi and Mikindani. In his Annual Report for 1939 the General Manager wrote:

“The ports and railways are operated under different forms of legislation, provide different types of transport services, and moreover, only four ports are at present connected to the railway system. The finances of the two services have therefore been separated. This is essential, as it is generally desirable that the port users should meet the cost of the port services and that railway users should bear the cost of railway services. Should, however, it be necessary for either to assist the other, it is desirable that the amount of such assistance should be recorded. For services rendered by the railways to the ports debits have been shown in the ports’ accounts and credits in the railways accounts and vice versa.” [1: p247]

1939 was another disappointing year. The gross receipts of the railways and the ports amounted to £712,642 and expenditure to £426,947. The excess of receipts over expenditure was £285,695, but debt charges of £311,585 resulted in a loss of £25,890.

At the end of 1932 the staff of the Tanganyika Railways consisted of 174 Europeans, 495 Asians and 7,741 Africans. At the end of 1939 the staff consisted of 120 Europeans, 475 Asians and 7,600 Africans.

In the Annual Report, it was noted that two surveys had been made of the ‘transit’ traffic between the east coast of Africa and those parts of Tanganyika which were served by the Kenya and Uganda Railways as well as by the Tanganyika Railways. The two areas surveyed were the Tanganyika coast of Lake Victoria and the Moshi-Arusha area near Kilimanjaro. Hill provides a table which is produced below and which covers only the traffic from those areas to the Indian Ocean ports.

Hills table shows that earnings on the routes through Tanzania amount to about 31% of the total income from the traffic. A complex formula determined how that detriment was addressed in payments between the to networks. [1: p248]

That formula produced payments in favour of Tanganyika Railways:

  • For running rights on the Kahe-Moshi section;
  • For the ‘feeder value’ of the Arusha branch line; and
  • Through the Lake Victoria pooling arrangement.

Against these payments the Kenya-Uganda administration received payment:

  • For the carrying of goods on the Lake part of the journey in respect of traffic between Tanganyika Lake ports and Dar-es-Salaam; and
  • Through the Lake Victoria pooling agreement.

The net effect of the calculation saw £9,460 paid to Tanganyika Railways. This figure did not fairly represent the actual loss of revenue income for the Tanganyika Railways.

Hill asks us to remember that despite all efforts “the Tanganyika Railways … had a deficit of approximately £25,000 in 1939, and that no provision [had] yet been made for depreciation which has been assessed at not less than £100,000 per annum. As the transport administration [had] been unable to make this provision, the taxpayers of the Territory … [were] called upon to set aside £50,000 per annum to ensure that funds [would] be available when required … for essential renewals. The Territory as a whole [was], through taxation, making an annual provision at present of £75,000 (ultimately to be increased to £125,000) which, …[would] be required by the railway to meet its costs, while at the same time net payments exceeding £90,000 per annum are being made to the transport services of another colony. In effect, the taxpayers of Tanganyika … [were] being asked to pay this amount to the railway users of Kenya and Uganda. … This arrangement result[ed] in the Kenya and Uganda Railways users obtaining a lower-rate level than they would otherwise have enjoy[ed].” [1: p249]

Despite this unsatisfactory position, … the Tanganyika Railways … acknowledged the sympathetic consideration received from the Kenya and Uganda Railways. Every effort was being made … to adopt common standards on many aspects of railway working, and the close touch maintained by the two administrations [was] probably not fully realised. The difficulties which exist[ed] on the northern frontier arise from historical accidents and [were] no reflection on the management of the Kenya and Uganda system.” [1: p249]

Mr. Robins, the General Manager in his 1939 annual report, wrote about the problems which would be faced by Tanganyika Railways on the outbreak of war between Great Britain and Germany:

“A careful study of this and previous Annual Reports will reveal that the policy of the administration is to maintain the present rate level and, by constant examination, to reduce the working expenditure to the lowest level compatible with the maintenance of the assets in as healthy a condition as is possible from revenue sources in order to defer the day when heavy expenditure on renewals will be required. At the same time the administration is endeavouring to apply a sound staff policy which will enable its operation of a public service to be carried on with efficiency and economy. It is for these reasons that in several cases savings which have been achieved and which are disclosed by an examination of the detailed heads of expenditure have been utilised for the better maintenance of assets such as buildings in order to prolong their life. At the same time, by constant attention to actual and potential flows of traffic, details of the former now being made available by the use of mechanical accounting machines, the administration is always seeking to increase its net revenue.

“This, however, is not sufficient to ensure a satisfactory future for the railways and ports services. Additional traffic must be transported if they are to be self-supporting. As has been pointed out in previous reports, whilst the policy of endeavouring to foster traffic from other territories must not be neglected, it is the opinion of the present management that the possibilities in that direction are limited, mainly because the transport administrations of other territories do likewise, and the Tanganyika system is in a very vulnerable position in that respect. It is also very natural that the policy of other transport authorities will be directed to the retention of their own traffic at almost any cost. The solution must, therefore, be sought within the boundaries of this large territory, Tanganyika. It should be able to support its own modest transport system.

“There is no doubt that in the past the Mandate, under which the country is administered, has been imperfectly understood; it has engendered a feeling, rightly or wrongly, that the future is insecure, that there is a serious risk attaching to private investment in the country. Production and industry were, so to speak, also marking time in the hope that some day the future would be clearer. This sense of insecurity was a serious factor in peacetime, but the repercussion of it left the country in such a position that the shock of war dealt the railway system a serious blow against which no reserves were available upon which to draw. In consequence, the possibility of a very serious deficit has to be faced in the forthcoming year.

“Every effort is being made by the Government and the public to meet this situation in such a manner as to avoid Tanganyika being a burden to the Empire and, in fact, to go further and enable it to render aid to the Empire, but the accumulated effect of the long-standing feeling of insecurity makes the country start off with a handicap. It is sincerely to be hoped that whatever settlement is reached after this conflict, it will be one in which there is no room for uncertainty. If, then, the methods employed in war-time are employed in peace-time, there will be no doubt that this country can produce within its boundaries sufficient traffic to support its transport system. That, combined with a prudent financial policy, will overcome most of the difficulties which the management has had to face for some time.” [1: p249-250]

Hill explains: “For twenty years, from 1919 to 1939, the basic problem of the Tanganyika Railways remained the same. The fixed costs of railways are commonly high, although the Tanganyika Railways derived advantage from the cheap acquisition of the German capital assets. The costs of moving traffic on railways are comparatively low, but in the case of the Tanganyika Railways they were increased by several factors, including the state and type of much of the German equipment and the unsatisfactory alignment of several sections of the Tanga and Central lines. During the first twenty years of British administration of the Tanganyika Railways good progress was made in solving what may be termed the technical problems. The basic trouble was that the traffic offering was insufficient to enable the railways to earn sufficient revenue to meet running costs, interest charges, and to provide for renewals and for betterment. The goods traffic density, in terms of ton-miles per route mile, was too low.” [1: p250-251]

Hills point is clearly made in the next table that he supplies which compares the Tanganyika network with other Africa networks:

This table shows that the revenue from goods in Tanganyika was significantly less than in other areas of the continent. [1: p251]

For the year 1939, the goods traffic density of the first-class railways of the United States of America was 1,365,000 ton-miles per route mile; in the United Kingdom it was 868,000. The only means whereby the Tanganyika Railways could achieve a sound financial state was by carrying a considerably greater volume of traffic, which could only be provided by the economic development of the Territory. [1: p251]

References

  1. M.F. Hill; Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways; East African Railways and Habours, Nairobi, Kenya; Watson & Viney, Aylesbury & Slough, 1957.
  2. The German Akida system in Tanganyika (German East Africa) was an administrative strategy replacing indigenous leaders with appointed agents—often coastal Arabs or Swahili—to enforce colonial rule, collect taxes, and maintain order. These agents managed “Akidates,” serving as a brutal, intermediary authority between German district officers and local populations. The term Akida predated the arrival of German Empire to the region. Prior to the arrival of German Empire, the Akida served the coastal towns in a special function. The individual was a prominent member of the younger generation and was a prominent war leader in the region. His responsibilities were to keep order and control public festivities. The Akida answered to Liwali (an Arab or African governor of a town, usually a district headquarters) in the region. He was appointed or recognized by the Sayyid of Zanzibar. The concept was adopted by the German Empire, but it altered the roles of the Akida. Few of the Akida’s were indigenous to their region. Most were literate men from different regions. Their purpose was the representation of the German Empire’s bureaucratic tradition of administration. For more information about the German System of Administration please see https://avim.org.tr/en/Analiz/GERMAN-COLONIAL-LEGACY-TANZANIA-AND-THE-HUMBOLDT-FORUM, accessed on 17th March 2026.
  3. https://www.trains-worldexpresses.com/700/704.htm, accessed on 17th March 2026.
  4. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/16/railways-of-tanzania.
  5. Report on the Railway Systems of Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika,’ by Lieut.-Colonel F. D. Hammond, C.B.E., D.S.O., Royal Engineers, Special Commissioner for Railways, Eastern Africa. The greater part of this report, including the recommendations in respect of the Voi-Kahe line is dealt with at length in M. F. Hill; Permanent Way, Vol. I, The Story of the Kenya and Uganda Railways; chapter XIV, p 422ff. The report is also covered in an article about the Uganda Railway on this blog: https://rogerfarnworth.com/2021/01/08/the-uganda-railway-in-the-first-5-years-after-world-war-1
  6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_DL_class, accessed on 30th April 2026.
  7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_MK_class, accessed on 30th April 2026.
  8. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:EAR_1953_Steam_%26_diesel_catalogue_Page_37_-_Nr._2217.jpg, accessed on 1st May 2026.
  9. R. Ramaer; Steam Locomotives of the East African Railways; David & Charles, Newton Abbott, 1974.
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_GA_class, accessed on 1st May 2026.

Railways of Tanzania – Part 5 – Tanga to Ruvu (and thence to Dar-es-Salaam)

This is the fifth article about the Railways of Tanzania, and there will be more to come.

The featured image for this article is an EAR Class 30 locomotive No. 3019 ‘Nyamwezi’ at Tabora depot. This Class and Class 29 locomotives were active on the railway network at the time the line between Mnyusi and Ruvu was opened. It is likely that the two classes of locomotives would have operated between Mnyusi and Ruvu before deisel-electric locomotives took over freight duties, © Basil Roberts and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence, (CC BY-SA 4.0). [55]

The first length of the rail route from Tanga to Dar-es-Salaam is the length of what was the Usambarabahn (the Tanga Railway) from Tanga to Moshi and on to Arusha.

That length of the route was covered fully in Part 2 of this series of articles. [1] Highlights from the first part of that article are included here for the sake of completeness.

A significant source of information about Tanzania’s Railways is M. F. Hill’s book Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways. [2] This book is only available second-hand or possibly from libraries. It was written before the construction of the link line between Tanga and Dar-es-Salaam. In the context of this article it is useful as background material.

UnitedRepublicofTanzania.com has a page dedicated to this link line which it refers to as the ‘Ruvu Link Line’. It says: “The Ruvu Link Line serves as a vital junction, linking the Central Line, which runs from Dar es Salaam to Mwanza, and the Tanga Line, which connects the port city of Tanga to [Moshi and Arusha]. This strategic positioning allows for the efficient distribution of goods and resources throughout the country, enhancing Tanzania’s overall economic competitiveness.” [23]

A length of the Ruvu Link Line. [23]

In recent years, the Tanzanian government has made significant investments in the Ruvu Link Line, with the aim of modernizing and expanding the infrastructure. This includes the ongoing rehabilitation of the existing track, the construction of new stations and maintenance facilities, and the introduction of more efficient locomotives and rolling stock.” [23]

The journey from Tanga to Dar-es-Salaam begins at Tanga Railway Station on Ring Street, Tanga.

Tanga Railway Station, 1890. This image was shared on the City of Tanga in Tanzania (Tanga Facebook) Facebook Group by Ragini Pattni on 24th December 2025. [3]
The Station at Tanga close to the turn of the 20th century. This image was shared on the City of Tanga in Tanzania (Tanga Facebook) Facebook Group by Ragini Pattni on 24th December 2025. [3]
The Railway Station on Ring Street, Tanga. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The turning triangle immediately to the West of the station at Tanga. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Buildings at the South point of the turning triangle in Tanga. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The roadside elevation of the Railway Station at Tanga. This image was shared on the City of Tanga in Tanzania (Tanga Facebook) Facebook Group by Ragini Pattni on 24th December 2025. [3]
Tanga Railway Station entrance, © Shane, Google Images. [4]
The District Civil Engineer’s Office, Tanzania Railways Corporation, Tanga © Paschal P. Rutayuga. [5]

The significant locations along the first stretch of the Tanga Railway (or the Usambarabahn or Usambara Railway) are highlighted on the adjacent schematic map of the line. [6]

The first location that we can easily establish on the satellite images below is the village/town of Maweni, nearly 11 kilometres from Tanga Railway Station.

Pongwe is only a few kilometres along the line. Again no obvious location can be seen on satellite images for any halt/station. Mkanyageni Halt (Reder’s Halt) is also not obvious on the satellite imagery.

Muheza, a more significant township, has an easily identifiable railway station!

Muheza is a more significant township and it has a clearly identifiable railway station! The location of the station is shown on the larger scale extract from Google’s satellite imagery below. It is close to the point where the A14 turns South away from the line. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Muheza Railway Station sits close to the centre of the town. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Muheza Railway Station, © Issa Mates, April 2021. [Google Maps, March 2026][7]

The station location was caught on camera in the late 19th century. It can be found among a series of photographs held by the Getty Foundation, here. [8] The picture is annotated, “Muheza station on Usambara Railway, Usambarabahn, German East Africa, Tanzania, 1890s, 19th Century.”

Muheza Railway Station as shown on MapCarta. [15]

The line runs through or close to a series of villages – all of which are covered in Part 2 of this series of articles. [1]

This satellite image centres on the junction between the Tanga line and that from Dar-es-Salaam which sits to the West of Mianga the line from Tanga sweeps left and then right and joins the line from Dar es Salaam. The line then heads East-northeast, leaving this image at the top-left. [Google Maps, March 2026]

This closer view of the junction is taken from Google Earth. The black lines approximate to the two railway routes but are several metres, at least, out of position. The junction is named on the Schematic map of the line below – Murasi Junction and is recorded as being 65 km from Tanga. [Google Earth, March 2026]

The most notable location at the top of this section of the schmatic map of the line is the railway junction between the line from Tanga and that from Dar es Salaam. – Murasi Junction. Travelling on from Murasi Junction the next location recorded is the town of Mnyusi. [6]

Mnyusi River Bridge {Google Maps, March 2026]

Mnyusi sits at the centre of the satellite image below. The line runs along the Southwest side of the town. There is a significant culvert/bridge carrying the line over the local river.

The town of Mnyusi sits on the Northeast side of the railway line. To the Northwest of the bridge/culvert shown above, there is a passing loop and possibly old station buildings. Trains from Tanga for Dar-es-Salaam, and from Dar-es-Salaam for Tanga, will probably have reversed at this location or at Murasi Junction with the locomotive running round its train. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Returning to the railway junction from Mnyusi, Dar-es Salaam trains left the Usambarabahn to head for Ruvu. [6]

The Usambara Railway heads away to the North from the line to Ruvu which headed southeast from the junction. [14]

The Usambarabahn (the Usambara Railway, Northern Line or Tanga Line) existed in splendid isolation under German rule and between the two world wars. No connection was made to the central line and Dar-es-Salaam until August 1963! [10] The line was built, primarily, to provide a through connection between all parts of the East African railway system, one particular benefit being the possibility of moving rolling stock between sections which have peaks of traffic at different
times of year. [11]

By that time, Tanganyika was independent of British rule. Tanganyika became independent from the British on December 1961 and Zanzibar became free through a revolution on 12th January 1964. Tanganyika and Zanzibar united on 26th April 1964, forming the United Republic of Tanzania.

The story of the construction of this line was told at a meeting of the Permanent Way Institution in 1964. [12]

The first 6 to 7 km of the line South to Ruvu, as it appears on OpenStreetMap’s mapping. [14]
Approximately the same area as it appears on Google Maps satellite imagery. The Pangani River runs diagonally across this satellite image, from close to the top-left to close to the bottom-right. The railway line bridges the river just below the centre of the image and a little to the right. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Just a short distance Southeast of the railway junction, a minor road (more like a track) bridges the line.

The same location on Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The Pangani River Bridge: this bridge is probably of the same type as that over the Wami River. That bridge appears in an article by K. Rahmani which is in Appendix 1 below. That bridge is a multi-span girder bridge (4 No. 60ft spans) [Google Maps, April 2026]

This image shows work being undertaken as part of the planning for the construction of the railway. Depth readings are being taken along the line of the railway at the location of the future Pangani River bridge. [12: p58]

The next significant structure on the line is this bridge over the A14 (Google)/T13 (OpenStreetMap)

About 600 culverts, in both Armco and Precast concrete, totalling some 11 miles if laid end to end, were laid. The largest size was 12 ft 6 in diameter in Armco. Eleven major bridges were built over the Mnyusi. Pangani, Mbuzi, Msangasi, Mligaji, Mvavi, Wami, Usigwa, Mkombezi, Mbiki and Msua rivers. One 30 ft span bridge was built over Mililengwa river and two 60 ft span bridges were built over Tanga-Korogwe and Dar es Salaam-Morogoro main roads. All the bridges, except Pangani bridge which is a 116 ft span of the Callender-Hamilton type, are plate girders with reinforced concrete deck slabs. Although only two of the rivers – Pangani and Wami – flow all the year round, the other rivers have a heavy flow during the two rainy seasons, short and long. Four of the rivers including the Wami which has a bridge of four 60 ft spans, were diverted from their original courses.” [12: p58]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [16] and on satellite imagery [Google Maps, April 2026]

Over some distance the railway follows the shared boundary between Muheza and Korogwe districts.

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [17] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The railway crosses the Pangani River again close to the centre point of this image. The bridge is shown in greater detail below. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next bridge over the Pangani River: this appears to be a Warren Truss Girder Bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [18] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

To the South of the bridge over the Pangani River, the Mhamba Swamp Road crosses the railway.

The Mhamba Swamp Road Level Crossing. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [19] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Continuing to run South the line continues to follow district boundaries, by the bottom of the next OpenStreetMap extract it is the mutual boundary between Muheza and Handeni districts. …

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [20] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

There are no obviously significant structures or locations on this length of the railway. [20] [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [21] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South although it takes a more significant turn to the East to follow the contours of the land. [21][Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [22] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South. [22][Google Maps, April 2026]

Two Google satellite image extracts cover the same length as the adjacent map extract. [Google Maps, April 2026][24]

The next length of the line. [25] [Google Maps, April 2026]

The image immediately below shows the road crossing marked by the ‘X’ on OpenStreetMap. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South. [26][Google Maps, April 2026]

The hospital flagged on the image above is Gendagenda Hospital. The area around it is shown on the next image below. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Gendagenda Hospital , the adjacent level-crossing and a settlement which OpenStreetMap notes as being centred on a number of milling machines. [Google Maps, April 2026]

There is little to say about each length of the line as we head South. [27][Google Maps, April 2026]

The relatively flat land over the next sections of the route of the line means that its path can be straight. [28][Google Maps, April 2026]

Another straight length of the line. [29][Google Maps, April 2026.

As the topography changes the line seeks the easiest gradients. [30] [Google Maps, April 2026]

Two satellite images allow us to see the line following the course indicated by OpenStreetMaps. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The line bridges the Mafret River. [31]

After bridging the river the line runs into Mkalamo. [31][Google Maps, April 2026]

The town of Mkalamo. The location of a passenger halt is not clear, if indeed one existed. The most likely locations are immediately North or South of the road which crosses the line. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The most likely locations for a halt at Mkalamo are immediately North or South of the road which crosses the line. [31]

A close inspection of the satellite imagery shows a passing loop to the straddling the road-crossing. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The pointwork at the North end of the passing loop.
The pointwork at the South end of the passing loop. Note two similar structres sloe to the points North and South of the station/passing loop. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The location of the road-crossing at Mkalamo is slightly obscured by cloud. In addition the satellite images in this area of Tanzania are not of a particularly high resolution. [Google Maps, April 2026]

South of Mkalamo, the line crosses the Makalamo Road. [32][Google Maps, April 2026]

The Makalamo Road crossing. [Google Maps, April 2026]

South of Mkalamo, the railway line continues running South. [33][Google Maps, April 2026]

Two obvious watercourses can be seen on the satellite images above. The first appears to be culverted under the line as no bridge is visible. The second is spanned by a small girder-bridge.

The small girder bridge carrying the line over the second watercourse. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Here the line turns away from the boundary of the Saadani National Park. [34][Google Maps, April 2026]

It appears as though the quality of the satellite imagery reduces as the line turns into the national park.
The line turns for a short while to the East and crosses the a river which outfalls into the Indian Ocean at Buyuni Kitopeni. [35]

Cloud cover on the satellite imagery from Google means that it is difficult to follow the line on the satellite imagery.

Approximately at the centre of the OpenStreetMap extract above, this length of the line is visible. The riverbridge is approximately at the bottom right of this image, perhaps just beyond the bottom right. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A much closer focus on the bridge location. The low resolution of the satellite imagery means that we can only just perceive the straight lines of the bridge parapets. [Google Maps, April 2026]

On this next extract from the satellite imagery the line can just be made out at the top-left corner. Hidden by cloud cover, it curves round to the East before turning South once again. It can be seen curving to the Southeast and leaving the extract at the bottom-right corner in shadow. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Covered by cloud, the line heads Southeast before curving East and then South. The changes of direction appear bottom-right of the OpenStreetMap extract above and at the top of that below.

The line tuns South and continues in a southerly direction. [36]

This image shows the line appearing from the cloud cover and turning first West and then close to South. The bridge show toward the top of the OpenStreetMap extract is inconveniently covered by cloud.
The bridge towards the bottom of the OpenStreetMap extract can be seen below.
An enlarged setion of the Google Maps image above shows a small structure carrying the line over an unidentified watercourse. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The Mvave River is crossed before Mvave Railway Station is reached. [37][Google Maps, April 2026]

The Mvave River Bridge. [37]
The Mvave River Bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Road Crossing North of Mvave station. [37]
The murram road crossing to the North of Mvave Railway Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Mvave Railway Sation. [37][Google Maps, April 2026]

Mvave Railway Station is relatively remote and the topography to the South of the station is flat.

The line runs almost due South from Mvave. [38][Google Maps, April 2026]

The same trajectory is followed on these next extracts.

Almost due South again. [39][Google Maps, April 2026]

The trajectory remains the same down the upper part of these next extracts. [40][Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South through Matipwili and across the Wami River. [41][Google Maps, April 2026]

Matipwili and the Wami River. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Matipwili Village Railway Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Road-crossing at the North end of the Station site. 9Looks like a misplaced flag for a supermarket!). [Google Maps, April 2026]
The Station building at Matipwili Village. [Google Maps April 2026]

The line South from Matipwili station curves to the Southeast and back towards the South before crossing the Wami River.

The Wami River crossing. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A enlarged view of the bridge over the Wami River. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Wami River Bridge. [41]

South of the Wami River the lines curves to the Southeast. [42][Google Maps, April 2026]

The line then reverts to its southerly course and maintains this bearing across open scrubland through to Kidomole Railway Station and beyond. [43][Google Maps, April 2026]

The railway continues on the same bearing. [44][Google Maps, April 2026]

And continues on the same bearing over this next length. [45][Google Maps, April 2026]

The railway crosses the T35 at Kidomole. [46][Google Maps, April 2026]

A closer view of the ‘station’ at Kidomole. Neither of these images shows any station facilities at Kidomole. It would appear that it was little if anything more than a location to hold the train. or perhaps a request stop? [46][Google Maps, April 2026]

The T35 (Bagamoyo Road) level-crossing at Kidomole. The road is paved. [46][Google Maps, April 2026]

The railway to the South of Kidomole adjusts its alignment a little to the West and runs at a bearing just to the West of South as the OpenStreetMap extract covering the broader length of the line (above) and that below show. [46][47]

The line is now on a bearing just to the West of South. [47][Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South on the same bearing. [48][Google Maps, April 2026]

A slight change in direction means that the line travels towards the South-southwest. [49][Google Maps, April 2026]

A slight change in direction at the bottom of the last extract means the line reverts to a course closer to South. [50][Google Maps, April 2026]

The watercourse is not named on OpenStreetMap but it appears to be a tributary of the Ruvu River. [50][Goog;e Maps, April 2026]

After crossing the river, the line turns a little further to the Southwest and a little more towards the bottom of these extracts. [51][ Google Maps, April 2026]

Next we see the line crossing the T1/A7 road before continuing to head South, this time on a meandering course. [52][Google Maps, April 2026]

The T1/A7 is crossed by means of one of the few bridges over roads on the line. [52][Google Maps, April 2026]

Open StreetMap does not show the watercourse just South of the road – in the Google Maps satellite image it appears to be in flood. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A watercourse is shown on OpenStreetMap and Google’s satellite imagery, some significant distance South of the road. South, too, of the electricity supply cables which cross the line of the railway.

The watercourse is not named. [52][Google Maps, April 2026]

On the next OpenStreetMap extract, the line runs Southwest. {53]
The same area on Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The approach to Ruvu manages to seem relatively complex! The line Mnyusi enter to p left and forma a junction with the metre-gauge line from Dodoma, which runs across the extract from left to right, passing through Ruvu Railway Station and heading on towards Dar-es-Salaam. The pcure is complicated by the presence of the new Standard-Gauge Railway (SGR) which has a separate station for Ruvu a little to the East of the metre-gauge station. [54]
The same area as it appears on Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The junction between the Dodoma to Dar-es-Salaam railway and the Mnyusi to Ruvu link line. The Ruvu River was in flood at the time of the Google satellite image was taken. The bridge to the Southeast of the junction would often span a dry watercourse with the bridge over main river much closer to Ruvu. [54][Google Maps, April 2026]

A series of usually dry watercourses are bridged by both the metre-gauge line and the SGR before both cross the main channel of the River Ruvu. [54]

Just short by at bridge from the length of the two railways as are shown on the OpenStreetMap extract above. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The last length of the metre-gauge line to Ruvu Station. [54]
The last length of the metre-gauge line to Ruvu Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Ruvu Metre-Gauge Railway Station with the SGR to the South. Ruvu Town is to the Northwest of its station. [54]
The Metre-Gauge Railway Station runs East-West across this image and the SGR towards the bottom of the image. [Google Maps, April 2026]

We finish our journey here in Ruvu. The remainder of the journey from Ruvu to Dar-es-Salaam will be covered in reverse in the articles about the Central Line which will follow in due course. Please don’t forget to have a look at the Appendix (which follows the refernces for this article. The Appendix covers the construction of the Mnyusi to Ruvu Line.

References

  1. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/04/01/railways-of-tanzania-part-2-the-route-of-the-usambara-railway-tanga-to-moshi
  2. M.F. Hill; Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways; East African Railways and Habours, Nairobi, Kenya; Watson & Viney, Aylesbury & Slough, 1957.
  3. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1ALffLxhDg, accessed on 18th March 2026.
  4. https://www.google.com/search?client=ms-android-motorola-rvo3&hs=AZD&sca_esv=b05c8d9632b51df6&sxsrf=ANbL-n5vLNTMT9J1cn4sS7VDi8IhkG_BNg%3A1773944351007&q=tanga%20railway%20station%20photos&si=AL3DRZGgcPNmWPDVEk81ds4iaXPEjuNcyuY9Q822zd2Q3wgtDLa9VVF_9x9TK7LuOrzAGGVlybqvwgpMRLdjvIPVO6109T3ngqw96Xr3Qzr3BAwZo0lgWOz-pkCpT8YplwOa9Nc8V9yUN8GP7Lus4LLAZVKs0HHFqg%3D%3D&ved=0CBEQy9gMahcKEwj4td_XyayTAxUAAAAAHQAAAAAQCg&ictx=1#ebo=1&lpg=cid:CgIgAQ%3D%3D,ik:CAoSF0NJSE0wb2dLRUlDQWdJREM2Y3IxMmdF, accessed on 19th March 2026.
  5. https://www.google.com/search?client=ms-android-motorola-rvo3&hs=AZD&sca_esv=b05c8d9632b51df6&sxsrf=ANbL-n5vLNTMT9J1cn4sS7VDi8IhkG_BNg%3A1773944351007&q=tanga%20railway%20station%20photos&si=AL3DRZGgcPNmWPDVEk81ds4iaXPEjuNcyuY9Q822zd2Q3wgtDLa9VVF_9x9TK7LuOrzAGGVlybqvwgpMRLdjvIPVO6109T3ngqw96Xr3Qzr3BAwZo0lgWOz-pkCpT8YplwOa9Nc8V9yUN8GP7Lus4LLAZVKs0HHFqg%3D%3D&ved=0CBEQy9gMahcKEwj4td_XyayTAxUAAAAAHQAAAAAQCg&ictx=1#ebo=1&lpg=cid:CgIgAQ%3D%3D,ik:CAoSF0NJSE0wb2dLRUlDQWdJQ2szYi1Pd2dF, accessed on 19th March 2026.
  6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usambara_Railway, accessed on 13th March 2026.
  7. https://maps.app.goo.gl/C952JgVPwCuYSAv98, accessed on 20th March 2026.
  8. https://www.gettyimages.co.uk/photos/usambara-railway, accessed on 21st March 2026.
  9. https://imagerenderer.com/images/rendered/share/68974575&domainId=12, accessed on 21st March 2026.
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_rail_transport_in_Tanzania, accessed on 16th April 2026.
  11. A. M. O’Connor; East African Railway Developments: 1962-1963; in East African Geography Review No. 2, April 1964, p46-47; via https://journals.co.za/doi/pdf/10.10520/AJA19376812_9, accessed on 18th April 2026.
  12. K. Rahmani; Construction of the Mnyusi-Ruvu line; in the Permanent Way Institution Journal, No. 82, 1964, p55-62..
  13. https://www.openstreetmap.org/node/8806556432#map=16/-5.24451/38.61205, accessed on 18th April 2026.
  14. https://www.openstreetmap.org/node/8806556432#map=14/-5.25780/38.62448, accessed on 18th April 2026.
  15. https://mapcarta.com/N8807059101/Map, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  16. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.29182/38.62553, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  17. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.31447/38.62711, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  18. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.33822/38.63033, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  19. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.35801/38.63480, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  20. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.38334/38.63630, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  21. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.40753/38.64063, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  22. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.43085/38.65029, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  23. https://unitedrepublicoftanzania.com/economy-of-tanzania/infrastructure-in-tanzania/railway-in-tanzania/ruvu-link-line-unveiling-tanzanias-crucial-railway-intersection, accessed on 24th April 2026.
  24. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.51813/38.65128, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  25. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.51813/38.65128, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  26. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.56759/38.65170, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  27. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.61697/38.64767, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  28. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.66753/38.64595, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  29. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.71750/38.65025, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  30. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.76959/38.65514, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  31. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.81459/38.65617, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  32. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.83201/38.65780, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  33. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.88145/38.65909, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  34. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.91500/38.66415, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  35. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.95000/38.69797, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  36. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.99661/38.71925, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  37. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.04894/38.71196, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  38. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.08717/38.71436, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  39. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.13957/38.71282, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  40. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.18668/38.70947, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  41. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.22994/38.70741, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  42. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.25628/38.71294, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  43. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.30672/38.72912, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  44. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.36294/38.72895, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  45. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.39936/38.73556, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  46. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.45668/38.72569, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  47. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.49649/38.72492, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  48. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.51934/38.71994, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  49. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.54040/38.71561, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  50. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.59357/38.70059, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  51. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.63890/38.69282, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  52. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.69253/38.66784, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  53. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.74589/38.64244, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  54. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.79294/38.64226, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  55. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EAR_30_class, accessed on 29th April 2026.

Appendices

Appendix 1: K. Rahmani; Construction of the Mnyusi-Ruvu line; in the Permanent Way Institution Journal, No. 82, 1964, p55-62.

CONSTRUCTION OF THE MNYUSI-RUVU LINE EAST AFRICAN RAILWAYS AND HARBOURS

CONTRIBUTED BY K. RAHMANI, B.A., B.Sc. (EDIK.), A.M.I.C.E., A.M.A.S.C.E. (Associate Fellow)

The 117 mile long Mnyusi-Ruvu line which provides a direct railway link between Tanganyika, Kenya and Uganda was opened by Mr. Julius Nyerere, President of Tanganyika on 17th August 1963. (Figure 1). [12: p55]

HISTORY

The necessity of a railway to connect the Central and Tanga lines was felt by the Germans before the 1914-18 War for reasons of railway operating as well as from a general administrative and strategic point of view. [12: p55]

[12: p56]
[12: p56]

A reconnaissance was made in the neighbourhood of Morogoro for the purpose of finding as short a connection as possible between the Central and Tanga Railways taking into consideration economic development as well, and to determine the choice of a suitable point of junction the sections from Morogoro to Kilosa on the Central Railway and from Korogwe to Mombo on the Tanga Railway were surveyed. Various alignments were considered and are briefly described below: [12: p57]

  1. Ngeregere-Maurai-134 miles; branching from the Central Railway about 12 miles east of Morogoro and continuing towards Maurui. A junction at Ngeregere was considered in view of Ngeregere becoming a possible junction for a future Nyasa Railway.
  2. Morogoro-Maurui-148 miles; Had its object getting nearer to Ngugu mountains.
  3. Mkata-Maurui-160 miles. It was considered together with Kimamba to Maurui, 180 miles, to open up best areas and serve Ngugu and Tuliani.

The 1914-18 war put a stop to the construction of the link but the Germans made a temporary connection by a tram line from Kimamba to Mombe using the tracks of sisal estates.

4. Morogoro-Korogwe; Kilosa-Korogwe – After the war in 1921, the Tanganyika Railways made a reconnaissance for those two routes but the first was considered very close to the coast and consideration was given to opening up country more attractive than that lying between Morogoro and Korogwe, i.e. along the route Dodoma-Kondoa-Arusha, a rough reconnaissance of which was made in 1922. The project rested there till 1932 when further reconnaissance was made, but construction could not be started because of the economic depression of the thirties and the Second World War.

In 1948, however, a further survey of the route Morogoro-Korogwe was undertaken but funds could not be made available for the construction due to urgent expenditure elsewhere as a result of the amalgamation of the Tanganyika, Kenya and Uganda Railway Systems.

Its findings were that the link would be 195 miles long and cost about £5 million. In 1951, an engineering survey was made between Morogoro-Korogwe. This was ruled out on economic grounds not only because of the high initial investment but because of poor revenue returns. The project was shelved,

5. Mayusi-Ruvu – The project was reconsidered again in 1958 in the light of the fact that the peak crop seasons of the 3 countries occurred at different times and it was not possible to move the rolling stock throughout the system to meet the demand for it. It was realized that if a facility existed for such movement of the rolling stock, this would not only obviate the provision of more rolling stock but the savings because of the economic use of the rolling stock could be offset against the total cost of the construction. On the basis of this, a decision was taken in 1958 to construct the link. It was considered that if the line was constructed closer to the coast it would decrease the length and the cost. Thus a survey undertaken in 1958 confirmed that the link between Mnyusi and Ruvu would be only 117 miles long and would cost just over £2 million. This scheme was approved. (Figure 2).

CONSTRUCTION

Construction was started in 1960. Headquarters of the whole construction were established at Pangani Falls, about 50 miles from Tanga, in August 1960. The total length of 117 miles was divided into five sections for the purpose of the earthworks to be constructed under contract. Sections I to V were 27.5, 48, 4, 26 and 11 miles long respectively. It was also decided to start the construction from both the north and south ends. The north party was to cover initially sections I and II, ie. up to mile 75.5, and the south party was to cover sections III, IV and V. i.e. from mile 75.5 to mile 117.

Headquarters for the northern section were at Pangani Falls but then moved to Mkalamo when the work proceeded. Headquarters for the southern section were at Kwaraza, about 10 miles along the track from Ruvu, and then moved to Wami during November 1962.

Contract for the earthworks including culverts for section I was awarded to Messrs. Stirling Astaldi Ltd. and the work was started on 1st September 1960. The contractors for the section V at the south end were Messrs. East African Enterprise Ltd. and the work began in October 1960. [12: p57]

FIGURE 3
Soundings being taken in Pangani River using a dug-out canoe. During the early stages of the construction of the bridge here, a crocodile would sit on a rock in the river and supervise work. [12: p58]

Contractors for section II were Messrs. Douglas Smith Ltd., and for sections III and IV, Maula, Dad and Rose Ltd. [12: p58]

CLEARING

Clearing for the entire earthworks included 28.5 million square feet of light bush and 52.5 million square feet of thick bush and forest including 4,000 trees of 2 ft to 5 ft diameter and larger. [12: p58]

EARTHWORKS

The earthworks consisted of 850,000 cubic yards of hard and soft rock and 2.5 million cubic yards of earth, the highest bank being 95 ft and the deepest cutting 45 ft in rock. Excavation to catch water and side drains involved 100,000 cubic yards of earth and 15,000 cubic yards of soft rock. [12: p58]

BRIDGES AND CULVERTS

About 600 culverts, in both Armco and Precast concrete, totalling some 11 miles if laid end to end, were laid. The largest size was 12 ft 6 in diameter in Armco. Eleven major bridges were built over the Mnyusi. Pangani. (Figure 3), Mbuzi, Msangasi, Mligaji, Mvavi, Wami, Usigwa, Mkombezi, Mbiki and Msua rivers. One 30 ft span bridge was built over Mililengwa river and two 60 ft span bridges were built over Tanga-Korogwe and Dar es Salaam-Morogoro main roads. All the bridges, except Pangani bridge which is a 116 ft span of the Callender-Hamilton type, are plate girders with reinforced concrete deck slabs. Although only two of the rivers – Pangani and Wami – flow all the year round, the other rivers have a heavy flow during the two rainy seasons, short and long. Four of the rivers including the Wami which has a bridge of four 60 ft spans, were diverted from their original courses. (Figure 4). [12: p58]

FIGURE 4
Four 60ft-span plate girder bridge at Wami

In addition, two 11 ft diameter Armco trolley under-passes, three trolley over-passes and various pipe culverts were constructed. The latter were provided as a result of the 1961 floods when the openings provided in the original design proved quite inadequate. [12: p59]

COMPACTION

The earthworks contractors gave the finished formation. Most of the bank compaction was done during the construction of the earthworks by routing heavy machinery over the banks, but the compaction of the top layer was done by using a rotavator and vibratory, pneumatic-tyred and sheepsfoot rollers. A density of 95% was obtained. Soil stabilisation was also necessary at various sandy and clay locations. Black cotton soil, which was used for some banks, compacted very well under slightly wet conditions. [12: p59]

BALLASTING

A total of 4.5 million cubic yards of stone ballast was laid. The ballast was railed from two stone quarries at Ngeta near Ruvu and another near Pangani River. The contractors for breaking the stone at both these quarries were Messrs. Tanganyika Engineering Contracting Company Ltd. Some ballast was also obtained from Mweni Prison near Tanga. The ballast was dumped from trains at convenient places near the rail head. Then the formation was pre-ballasted using road transport. A grader was used to level the ballast on the formation. When, however, due to extreme weather conditions, the roads were impassable the track was post-ballasted soon after track-laying. [12: p59]

FIGURE 5
The track-laying gantry at work. [12: p60]

TRACK-LAYING

The new line is laid to metre gauge – the standard for the system. 55 lb and 50 1b second-hand rails with steel trough sleepers were used in the construction. In previous railway construction in the territories, all plate-laying was done by hand, but on this job mechanized track laying was done for the first time. A track-laying gantry was locally manufactured, using an open bogie truck. Track sections … were pre-fabricated in permanent-way depots, loaded on open bogie trucks and transported as a train (with the engine pushing) to the construction site where the track-laying gantry had been left on the last rail length laid the previous day. Sets of nine panels of track were loaded on top of each other in each bogie wagon. Before the start of the day’s work, these panels were jacked up and rollers were placed under the bottom panels which were resting on the track laid on the bogie wagons. At the same time short pieces of rails joined the gaps over the couplings of the wagons to give an uninterrupted track over the entire train length. The set of 9 panels in the wagon next to the track-laying gantry was pulled forward to the gantry by means of a winch. The top panel was then lifted up by means of another winch, slid forward on rollers, lowered and then bolted into position at the end of the track on which the track-laying gantry was standing. The locomotive then pushed the gantry to the next panel and the process was repeated. Up to a mile of track was laid in a matter of four hours by unskilled African labourers. The method proved so successful that it has been adopted on the other construction work being done by the East African Railways. (Figure 5).  [12: p59-60]

PACKING AND BOXING

The track-laying was followed by a packing gang who aligned, lifted and packed newly laid track. This was later followed by a gang with a Matisa Tamping chine for the final packing and boxing. [12: p60]

SUPERVISION

Apart from the various contractors’ own staff, all the supervision was departmental. This comprised a Resident Engineer, two Section Engineers with 2 Assistant Engineers, an Engineer-in-Charge for staking out assisted by an Assistant Engineer, Inspectors of Works, Permanent Way Inspectors, Surveyors, Plant Foremen, Office Staff, and further staff up to a total of 1,000 Artizans and men who were responsible for the construction of all bridges (except the two rail-over-road bridges built by contractors), for the construction of station buildings and staff quarters, ballasting, plate-laying, water supply and other miscellaneous works. There are six stations including the the two end stations and over 150 staff quarters were constructed.  [12: p60-61]

FIGURE 6
The link-up at Mvavi Bridge, Mile 62, on 4th March 1963. [12: p61]

The oil fuel installations at Wami consisting of two tanks of 42,000 gallons capacity, and ancillary works, were constructed by contract. [12: p61]

FLOODS

The unprecedented rains of 1961 put back the work by six months as some of the completed work was washed away. The remedial work caused a 30% increase in the cost of the construction. At one time the flood waters in the 4 mile long Wami flood plain (section III) completely cut off the staff employed on the construction of the bridge and Wami station and food had to be dropped by air; but later, due to the threat of the rising flood, the staff had to be rescued using an Army helicopter. The highest water level of Wami River rose to an all-time record in April 1963. This flooding caused further damage and delay. [12: p61]

COMPLETION

In spite of these set backs, track-laying of the 117 miles was completed and the link-up on 4th March, 1963, at the Mvavi bridge, Mile 62, was a scene of great rejoicing amongst the staff. (Figure 6). The formal opening of the line, however, had to be delayed as the Mvavi and Mligaji (mile 55) bridges were not completed and had been by-passed. Although the terrain through which the railway was constructed was infested with big game e.g. lion, elephant, leopard, buffalo, hippo, giraffe, pythons, no accidents were reported. The biggest nuisances were snakes, mosquitoes, tsetse and horse flies and adverse weather and road conditions. Nevertheless the morale of the staff was very high at all times.

COST

The low cost of construction of £2.9 million is due to three factors:

  1. The entire land was Crown Land and only £5,000 was paid as compensation for crops and houses.
  2. Second-hand Permanent Way material ex re-laying on other sections was used throughout.
  3. Low wages of daily paid staff.

Sweden’s Inland Railway (Inlandsbanan) – Part 1 – Introduction and the Route of the Railway from Gällivare to Arvidsjaur

The featured image for this article is a picture of Swedish State Railways (Swedish: Statens Järnvägar) Locomotive No. 907 at Arvidsjaur Railway Station. The image is dated May 1935, (c) Public Domain. [60]

Known as Sweden’s Inland Railway, the Inlandsbanan “extends from Gällivare, in Lapland, to Kristinehamn, on Lake Väner, in Värmland, a distance of 800 miles, through scenery that ranges from the tundra of the Arctic to the forest lands of Central Sweden.” [1: p826]

The line is known for its leisurely pace, allowing for wildlife spotting (reindeer, elk) and spontaneous stops, with onboard hosts providing commentary. Trains operate with daily departures during the 3 months of high summer, often with packages that include hotels. It also operates for 4 months in the winter.

It was built between 1908 and 1937, and was designed to connect inland northern Sweden, avoiding the coast for security reasons and to foster regional development.

The Railway Magazine.of December 1958 carried an article about the line written by M. D. Greville & H. A. Vallance. [1]

The northern length of the Inlandsbanen from Ostersund to Gällivare. Ostersund features in the OpenStreetMap images below and appears at the South end of the portion of the line shown in the first of two maps of the line. [1: p827]

Vallance and Greville wrote: “The inland route was first projected at the end of the nineteenth century as a private enterprise, to carry iron ore from Lapland and timber from Central Sweden to a new port on the west coast, north of Gothenburg. No progress was made with this scheme, and in 1907 the Swedish Government decided to begin the construction of the northern part of the railway from Östersund, on the main line from Bräcke to Storlien, on the Norwegian frontier, completed in 1882.” [1: p826]

Östersund in May 2021, (c) Hult and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [13]

Östersund is the capital of Jämtland. It is located at the shores of Sweden’s fifth-largest lake, Storsjön, opposite the island Frösön. With a total population of 50,960 (2017) Östersund is the 22nd most populous city in Sweden. [14]

Östersund appears on this second map of the route which shows the Southern length of the line which extends to Kristinehamn. [1: p827]

The completed line runs from Gällivare, in the North, to Kristinehamn in the South, passing through Östersund which is the most significant location along the line.

Stops along the line recorded by Greville and Vallance include: Kasajakk, Kuosakabba, Jutsajaure, Luspebryggan, Porjus, Harspranget, Liggavagen, Jokkmokk, Piatis, Maitum, Kerkejaure, Kabdalis, Iggejaur, Moskosei, Tjappsaive, Uttertrask, Arvidsjaur (a junction station serving the line to Jorn), Juitrask, Avaviken, Gullon, Slagnas, Buresjon, Sorsele (which was the Northern terminus of the line from 1929 until the line was completed), Blattnicksele, Gubberget, Sarttrask, Storuman (which was the junction for the line to Hallnas), Vinlidsberg, Norrheden, Fiandberg, Vojman, Volgsele, Vilhelmina (the northern terminus of the line from 1918 to 1929), Vlogsjorfors, Meselefors, Granberget, Dorotea, Hoting (the junction station for the line to Forsmo), Lovberga, Ulriksfors (which became a junction station when the line to the North opened in 1912, with the original line to Stromsund becoming a short branch line), Tannviken, Gisselas, Sikas (whuch was a junction station for the short line to Hammerdal), Bjorvallen, Munkflohogen, Norderasen, Haggenas, Litsnaset and Östersund. [1: p827]

South of Östersund, Greville and Vallance record the following stations: Brunflo (the Junction station on the line to Bräcke), Hackas, Svenstavik, Asarna, Kvarnsjo, Rojan, Sortjarn, Overhoodal, Jamnvallen, Alvros, Sveg, Bodarsjon, Sidertjarn, Lillhamra, Alvho, Gratback, Emadalen, Orsa (which is the junction station for the line to Bollnas), Mora (the junction station for the lines to Alvdalen, Falun and Borlange), Vika, Vimo, Van, Vansbro (the junction station for the lines to Sarna and Ludvika), Vakern, Sagen, Neva, Oforsen, Lesjobruk, Langban, Persberg, Nyhyttan (the junction for the line to Filipstad and beyond), Herrhult (the junction station for the lines to Gothenburg and Galve), Slabraten, Sjoandan and Kristuinehamn. [1: p827]

The city of Östersund sits on the East shore of Lake Storsjön. The railway line between Bräcke and Storlien, on the Norwegian frontier, hugs the lakeshore. It enters the map extract near the bottom-right corner and leaves close to the E14 near the top-left. The Inland line (Inlandsbanan) leaves the Bräcke to Storlien line North of Östersund and leaves this map extract towards the top-right. [8]

Östersund Railway Station, the line to Bräcke leaves this map extract in the bottom-right corner. The roundhouse at Östersund is also at the bottom left of this image. [8]

The junction: the line to Storlien hugs the shore of Lake Storsjon, the Inlandsbanan heads away to the North. [8]

The 74 miles North from Östersund to Strömsund were opened in 1912. Strömsund was the terminus of the line until the line was opened further to the North. [1: p826]

What became the main line to the North can be seen in the bottom-right of this map extract. Strömsund was served from that time on (1918) by a short branch line. The junction was at Ulriksfors which is just off the bottom right of this image. [10]

Strömsund Railway Station is now its bus station. [10]

Strömsund Station seen from the Northwest. The tracks ran along the right side of the building which is now the town’s bus station. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
The line from Strömsund to Ulriksfors is shown by the red line running from the left side of this satellite image to meet the Inlandsbanen in the bottom-right of the image. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Ulriksfors Railway Station sits just to the North of the railway bridge over the Faxälven River. (Google gives the river the name ‘Fängsjön’.) [11]

The railway bridge over the river, seen from the East from the road bridge over the river. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Ulriksfors Railway Station seen from the Southwest. [Google Streetview, September 2023]

The line was then continued northward from Ulriksfors to develop wide and very sparsely-inhabited areas in Lapland. The 80 miles from Ulriksfors to Vilhelmina were brought into use in 1918 and, after an interval of 11 years, the 87 miles thence to Sorsele were opened in 1929.” [1: p826]

Vilhelmina and Sorsele are shown below. …

Vilhelmina Railway Station was on the West side of the town between it and Lake Vojmän. The railway was opened through to the town from the South in 1918. [12]

Vilhelmina had 3,657 inhabitants in 2010. [15]

The town centre, (c) Konky2000 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0) [15]

A closer view on OpenStreetMap of Vilhelmina Railway Station. [12]

The same area as it appears on Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The building closest to the camera is the bus station at Vilmelmina. [Google Streetview, September 2025]

The next two photographs show a steam locomotive which used to work on the Inlandsbanan which has been stabled in a short spur to the North of the bus station building. …

The two photographs show a decommissioned SJ E2 class 2-8-0 steam locomotive, specifically number 1127, which is preserved as a monument at the train station in Vilhelmina, Sweden. [Google Streetview, September 2025]
The same locomotive as it appeared in 2018. It was last in steam on the Inlandsbanan in 1972, © Marcus Bäckström. [Google Streetview, April 2026]
Vilhelmina Railway Station seen from the North in 1958, © H. A. Vallance. [1: p828]
Looking Northwest through the site of the railway station. The station building is behind the tree on the right of the image. [Google Streetview, September 2025]
Vilhelmina Railway Station building seen from the North. [Google Streetview September 2010]

Sorsele was the next terminus location as the line was gradually built to the North. It was the northern terminus of the line from 1929 until the connection to the line being built South from Gällivare was made. [16][Google Maps, April 2026]

Sorsele Railway Station in 2014, (c) Reinhard Dietrich and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC0 1.0 Universal). [17]

While the line was progressing gradually North from Östersund to Sorsele, construction started from a junction with the line to Narvik (in Norway) at Gällivare. [2][3]

Greville & Vallance tell us that, “A temporary track, to carry materials for the construction of a big hydro-electric power station, had been laid for 33 miles to Porjus in 1911, and this section was opened for goods traffic in 1916, and for passengers in 1925. The 29 miles from Porjus to Jokkmokk were brought into use in 1927. The intervening gap of 163 miles from Jokkmokk to Sorsele was bridged in two sections, from Sorsele to Arvidsjaur (55 miles) in 1933, and from Arvidsjaur to Jokkmokk (108 miles) in 1937. Between 1924 and 1930, cross-country lines were opened from Hoting to Forsmo, and from Storuman to Hallnas, to connect the new inland route with the older main line from Stockholm to Lapland.” [1: p826]

We will pick up details of these different locations as we travel along the line from Gällivare to Kristinehamn in this and future articles.

Historically, the southern half of the route, from Östersund to Kristinehamn, falls into two parts. The Kristinehamn-Sjöandan Railway, seven miles long, was constructed between those places as early as 1850, as part of a system of narrow-gauge railways and canals connecting the local iron foundries with Lake Vaner and, via the Gota Canal, with the sea. It was at first worked by horses, but became steam-operated in 1858, and in 1859 started to carry passengers. In 1873, this line was acquired by the Ostra Varmlands Railway, converted to standard gauge, and extended for 29 miles to Persberg in 1875, part of another narrow-gauge line, the Kroppa Railway, being incorporated.” [1: p826]

Greville and Vallance continue: “Between 1889 and 1891, the Östra Värmlands Railway opened the 102 miles from Persberg, through Vansbro, to Mora, where a connection was made with the Falun-Rättvik-Mora Railway, which was extended for eight miles from Mora to Orsa in 1892. The 77 miles from Orsa to Sveg were built by the Orsa-Härjedalens Railway, and opened in 1909 The whole line from Kristinehamn to Sveg passed into the hands of the Swedish State Railways between 1917 and 1919. … The remainder of the route was built by the State, in a southerly direction from a junction with the Bräcke-Östersund line at Brunflo, nine miles from Östersund. The 42 miles from Brunflo to Åsarna were brought into use in sections between 1916 and 1918, and the 63-mile link between Åsarna and Sveg was completed in 1922.” [1: p829]

Following the Route of the Railway – Gällivare to Arvidsjaur

Gällivare is at the northern end of the Inlandsbanan. We start our journey along the line from here. …

Gällivare. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Gällivare Station sits alongside the Vassara River on the Southwest side of the town. The line to Narvik heads away to the West, North of the top of this map extract.  The Inlandsbanan also leaves heading West from the triangle. The line heading Southeast across the Vassara River heads for Luleå and thence to Stockholm via the coastal line. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next two images are taken from OpenStreetMap’s mapping and, between them, show the length of the station site at Gällivare. …

The North end of Gällivare Railway Station site. The triangular junction is worth noting at the top of this extract. [7]

The South end of Gällivare Railway Station site. The significant roundhouse should be noted at the top of this image. [7]

Two closer views of Gällivare’s roundhouse: one cartographic, [7] the other satellite. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The Roundhouse seen from the South on Sandviksvagen. [Google Streetview, June 2022]
The Roundhouse seen from the Northwest on Sandviksvagen. [Google Streetview, June 2022]
Gällivare Station looking North. A diesel railcar for the inland line is at the platform on the extreme left, © H. A. Vallance. [1: p826]
Gällivare Station seen from the road in 2012, © Svjo and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [4]
Gällivare Station, looking North [3]
Gällivare Station, looking Northeast. [5]
Gällivare Station, looking East. [6]

Trains travelling South on the Inlandsbanan set off from Gällivare Railway Station in a northerly direction. North of the Roundhouse they bear round to the West.

Greville and Vallance talk of the line in 1958: “The line is single track throughout, with passing loops at most stations. Unlike the railway to Narvik, it is not electrified. Apart from the bridges over the numerous rivers, heavy engineering works have been avoided, and the gradients are undulating, and frequently quite steep. For many miles, the railway passes through forests and tundra, almost devoid of habitation. The country is rather flat, but is relieved by several lakes, and there are distant views, towards the west, of the Lapland mountains, including Kelneksise (8,900 ft.) the highest mountain in Sweden. Herds of wandering reindeer are frequently seen, and may even hold up the train while they cross the unfenced line to reach their feeding grounds. Laspebryggan, 28 miles from Gällivare, is the starting point for the popular journey by boat along a chain of lakes to Stora Sjöfallet, the finest waterfall in Sweden, and considered by many to be the most magnificent in Europe.” [1: p829]

Looking North, the line out of Gällivare runs Northwest before curving round to the West. The yellow machine is a Speno International rail grinding train, specifically model RR 48M-7. It is designed for rail rectification, removing small layers of metal from the railhead to eliminate surface cracks and irregularities.  This keeps the track in good condition, preventing derailments and ensuring a smoother, quieter journey for passengers and freight.  [Google Streetview, June 2022]
A closer view of the front unit on the train in the siding. [Google Streetview, June 2022]
The line heading South runs through Gällivare Railway Station. The Inlandsbanan is the line leaving this map extract centre-left with the line to Narvik to its North. The line leaving the extract top-right runs only a short distance through Koskullskulle to Vitåforsgruvan. Just on the Southwest side of the curve there is a rail-served facility which appears to be newly built. [7]
The rail-served building which appears to be a modern locomotive/traction stabling facility. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The same building seen from the road. [Google Streetview, June 2022]
Mineral production at Vitåforsgruvan, Malmberget in Lappland, Sweden. This site is rail-served with its own branch heading North from Gällivare, © Anders Damberg. [9]

Heading West the Inlandsbanan bridges the Sikträskbäcken River which feeds into Lake Vassaraträsket close to which Gällivare sits.

The truss girder bridge over the Sikträskbäcken. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The bridge as it appears on OpenStreetMap’s mapping. [18]

The line continues in a westerly direction for some considerable distance. …

Kasajokk (Kasajakk) Station. [19]

There was a passing loop at this location. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The bridge over the Gassajahka River. [20]

The Gassajahka River bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Ödemarksvagen forest road and railway station. [21]

Ödemarksvagen Railway Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]

After passing through Ödemarksvagen, the line begins to turn to the Southwest, eventually passing through Avvakajjo station.

Avvakajjo Railway Station can be seen on OpenStreetMap. Bottom-left, there was once a track for storage of a track maintenance vehicle at this location. [22]

There is no easily identifiable location on Google Maps.

After Avvakajjo the line begins to turn to a South-southwest bearing and then bridges the Vuosmajákka River.

The bridge over the Vuosmajákka River. [Google Maps, April 2026][23]

Jutsajaure Halt. [24][Google Maps, April 2026]

Jutsajakka River. [25][Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues Southwest crossing the BD827 road and entering Luspebryggan Halt. [26][Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking Northwest along the Inlandsbanen from the BD 827. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
Looking Southeast along the Inlandsbanen from the BD 827. The halt of Luspebryggan is just ahead. [Google Streetview, May 2024]

Beyond Luspebryggan, the line turn towards the South, running along the lakeshore (Store Lulwvatten) to Porjus.

The small town of Porjus. [27]

Porjus Railway Station. [Google Maps, April 2026] [27]

Porjus Railway Station, seen from the Northeast. This photograph was taken on the E45 approaching Porjus. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
Looking North along the lakeside, with the railway curving round to the North as it sets off for Gällivare. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
Porjus Railway Station building which is also a B&B, offering opportunities for glamping!
[Google Streetview, May 2024]

A short distance further along the line it is crossed by a short access road from the E45 to the lakeshore. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking Northwest along the lakeshore towards Porjus Station from that level-crossing to the lake shore. [Google Streetview, May 2026]
Looking Southwest along the line. [Google Streetview, May 2024]

A short distance along the line a little further than the point where the line leaves the lakeside it is crossed by the BD819. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking back towards Porjus from the level-crossing on the BD819.
[Google Streetview, May 2024]
Turning through 180°, this is the view Southwest along the line. [Google Streetview, May 2024]

Porjus is the site of a significant hydroelectric power station which was built below ground in the early 1900s, the purpose was to provide electricity for the Malmbanan Railway, which was used to transport iron ore. The new hydroelectric power plant and electrification contributed to a strong growth in Sweden’s mining industry. [45]

Construction of the Porjus power plant began in 1910. In 1915, Gustaf V inaugurated the Porjus power plant by telephone, as his advisors did not consider it safe to make such a long journey in the middle of the war. Porjus quickly became a hub in an industrial Sweden that was consuming increasingly more energy. When the power plant was inaugurated, there were already 20 hydroelectric power plants around the country, but Porjus received a lot of attention because of its geographical location and because the construction technology was very advanced for its time.” [45]

The power plant is located underground, blasted into the rock. The number of turbines in the old power plant increased between 1920 and 1960 to nine units. The turbines are still operational but are not used in normal operation. Two of the old units have been converted into research units and are used to test new technology and equipment.” [45]

A new power plant with two new units was built in 1971–1975. All new transformers were built underground, and therefore no new building was needed. … The old dam has been replaced by a rockfill dam with a dense core of moraine. It has been built immediately downstream of the old dam, and has two new spillways that are closed by segmental gates.” [45]

Greville and Vallance comment that “A run of some thirty miles through mountainous and well-wooded country brings the train to the girder bridge over the rapid Lilla Lule Alv (Little Lale River) and to Jokkmokk (800 ft. above sea level), formerly a Lapp village and market centre, but now a thriving modern town.” [1: p829]

We continue our journey South from Porjus.

Just beyond the level-crossing at the BD819 there was another Halt – Porjusfallen Halt, after which the line curved round to the South. [27]

A further level-crossing took the railway over Lillselebacken, the BD826 road. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking back North towards Porjus from the level-crossing on Lillselebacken, the BD826 road.
[Google Streetview, May 2024]
Looking South at the same location. [Google Streetview, May 2024]

Beyond Porjus the Inlandsbanan followed the banks of the Lulealven River/Lake in a southeasterly direction, for about 3 miles before turning West to bridge the river.

The bridge over the Lulealven River – named ‘Långselebron’. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The view Northeast through the bridge, © Helen Hagegren, July 2023. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The ‘Långselebron’, © Oleh, August 2017. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A final view of the ‘Långselebron’, © Oleh, August 2017. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Beyond the bridge, the line turns South and runs along the West bank of the river/lake. The next Halt is at Harspranget adjacent to the dam.

Harsprånget (the Hare’s Leap), was formerly one of the finest falls in Sweden, but by 1958, the water had been diverted to a new power station. [1: p829]

Harspranget Halt sat at the West end of the reservoir. dam. The E45 ran alongside the lake/river on the opposite bank. Google records the body of water held by the dam as ‘Harsprangsselet’. [28]

This view looks South from the E45 at a point about 1 km North of the dam. The road drops to the level of the foot of the dam over the that 1 km. [Google Streetview, May 2024]

The railway follows the West, bank of the river for another kilometre or so before turning relatively sharply to the Northwest to follow the contours round the valley of the Bahkkojahka River. [28]

The Steinbrücke Pakkobron © Per Naeslund, July 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The line follows the West bank of the Lulealven River which is dammed once again a little further down stream. The E45 crosses the river at this point running at the top of the dam, before bridging the railway. [29]

Looking Northwest along the Inlandsbanan towards Porjus. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
Looking Southeast along the railway from the level-crossing on the E45 (the same level-crossing).
[Google Streetview, May 2024]
Travelling South the railway and the E45 run parallel to each other in close proximity.
[Google Streetview, May 2024]

Road and rail pass close to Vajkigaur and just a short distance further South the line crosses the BD 818 close to its junction with the E45. [30]

Looking North along the Inlandsbanan from its level-crossing with the BD 818. [Google Streetview, May 2024]

Looking South along the Inlandsbanan from the same level- crossing. [Google Streetview, May 2024]

A short distance further South at Haraudden both road and rail cross the Lulealven River to the South of another dam. [31][Google Maps, April 2026]

The view of the rail bridge over the Lulealven River from the bridge carrying the E45 across the river at the base of the dam which is visible in the images above. [Google Streetview, May 2024]

The same structure in 1958, © H. A. Vallance. [1: p828]

Just a short distance Southeast the line enters Jokkmokk. [32][33] ….

The town of Jokkmokk as seen on Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Jokkmokk as it appears on OpenStreetMap’s mapping. [34]
Jokkmokk Railway Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Jokkmokk Railway Station as it appears on OpenStreetMap. [34]
Jokkmokk Railway Station, © wassen and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [35]
Looking Northwest through the station site, © Roman Klupper, 2020. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Looking Southeast through the station site, © gesla, 2024. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The station forecourt and Jokkmokk Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, May 2024]

Greville and Vallance tell us that “A granite pillar at the station commemorates the opening of the inland line in 1937 by the Crown Prince of Sweden (now King Gustaf VI Adolf) The inscription includes a facsimile of the Crown Prince’s signature.” [1: p829]

The level-crossing at Kyrkogaten. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Looking back towards Jokkmokk Station from the level-crossing at Kyrkogaten. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
Looking Southeast from the level-crossing at Kyrkogaten. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
The Line to the South of Jokkmokk. [36]

Some three miles south of Jokkmokk, the train crosses the Arctic Circle, marked by white boards and stones, and heralded by a long blast on the whistle.” [1: p829]

The Station at the Arctic Circle is on the first section of the line to travel Southwest after leaving Jokkmokk. [36]
Google’s satellite imagery marks two separate locations. That shown on OpenStreetMap is the more southerly of the two. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The Artic Circle sign on the Inlandsbanan, © Benutzer:Jojo86 and licenced for reuse under a GNU Free Documentation licence (GNU FDL). [37]

An Inlandsbanan train stopped at the Arctic Circle, (c) Chihiro Tanaka, 2016. [Google Maps, April 2026]

An Inlandsbanan train heading for Gällivare, sitting at the Arctic Circle Station, (c) Martin Divis, 2010.
[Google Maps, April 2026]
The next length of the line brings it back close to the E45. [38]

There is a Halt at Piatis which is accessed by a short path from the maintenance road which runs alongside the railway. [38]

There is a further halt shown on the OpenStreetMap at Vaimats. [38]

The line bridges the Appokalven River. [38][Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line follows the same route as the E45 road (Klockarvägen). it crosses the road at Tarrajaur a small settlement at the head of a lake which bears the same name. [39]

A closer view of Tarrajaur. [39]
Looking back towards Jokkmokk. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
Looking ahead along the line. The railway is bridged by a footbridge close to the road before it turns away to the South. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
A diesel railcar at Tarrajaur. This was a conditional stop where the disc signal was used to indicate that passengers were waiting to be picked up, (c) H. A. Vallance, 1958. [1: p832]

The line then runs Southeast alongside the E45 road on the West side of the road.

The next Halt is named Maitum. [39]

The building at the centre of this satellite image is at Maitum Halt. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The building which appears at the centre of the map and satellite image above, seen from the E45.
[Google Streetview, May 2024]

The line continues running Southeast. [40]

And again, the line continues running Southeast. [41]

Kerkejaure Halt sits to the North of Lill Kurken, the small lake at the top right of the image. A much closer view shows both a platform and building

This much closer view shows both a platform, a building and a road crossing at Kerkejaure. [41]
Kerkejaure on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

When the line next runs alongside the E45, it has turned closer to the South. [42]

Kittajaur is a small settlement with its own station. [42]
The Polar Station at Kittajaur. The line runs on the far side of the building and the railway platform is to the left of the building. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
Looking back North towards the station from the E45 level-crossing. [Google Streetview, May 2026]
Looking South from the same road crossing. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
Continuing South, the road and the railway are at times seen close together. This is a typical location looking Southeast from the E45, the railway can be seen close by but at a higher level.
[Google Streetview, May 2023]
This next length of the line takes us as far as Kabdalis. [43]
The line is seen here alongside the E45 with lake Gurtek beyond. The photograph looks East from the road.[Google Streetview, May 2023]

On the approach to Kabdalis, the line crosses an access road to an electrical substation/industrial site. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking Northwest from the level-crossing. [Google Streetbview, May 2023]
Looking Southeast from the same level-crossing towards the station at Kabdalis.
[Google Streetview, May 2023]

Kabdalis Railway Station: a passing loop is provided to the Southeast of the station platform. [43]

Kabdalis Railway Station seen from the approach road. The platform is beyond the building and extends to the left of it as well. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Kabdalis Railway Station.
[Google Maps, April 2026]
The line to the South of Kabdalis. [44]

The railway crosses the E45 again just to the South of Kabdalis. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking back North from the level-crossing on the E45 towards Kabdalis Railway Station. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Looking South from the level-crossing on the E45 towards Kabdalis R. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

After the road crossing the road and railway take significantly different paths South. …

A few hundred meters along the line after passing Lake Satermjaure, the line bridges the Vitbacken River. [44][Google Maps, April 2026]

After crossing a forest track and a few kilometres along the line, it bridges the Arpatsbacken River. [44][Google Maps, April 2026]

After another forest track is crossed the line crosses the Tunokvagen forest road at a Level Crossing. [44][Google Maps, April 2026]

A few kilometres beyond the Tunokwagen, the railway crosses the Sikan River by means of a high embankment and culvert. [44][Google Maps, April 2026]

A very short distance South of the river crossing was Kvanberget Halt. [44][Google Maps, April 2026] There was a passing loop at this Halt as can be seen in the monochrome image below from The Railway Magazine article below. The small station building does not feature on OpenStreetMap nor Google’s satellite imagery.

Southbound diesel railcar at Kvänberget, between Käbdalis and Iggejaur, © H. A. Vallance, 1958. [1: p828]
Beyond Kvänberget, the line continues South for a short distance before turning to the West. The road shown on this map extract is the BD638. [46]
The Railway Station/Halt at Tellejåkk sits on the North side of the BD638. the hamlet of Tellejåkk sits a short distance along the BD638 to the Southeast. [46]
The location of the Halt at Tellejåkk. The short platform is beyond and to the right of the building at the centre of the image. There is a passing loop provided at this location. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

A short distance to the West of of the Halt at Tellejåkk the line bridges the Telebacken River alongside the road. [46][Google Maps, April 2026]

The rail bridge over the Telebacken seen from the BD638. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Although travelling predominantly in a westerly direction the line does not follow a straight path. Here it can be seen diverting to the South and running beside Lake Guvrejavrre where there was another Halt on the line. [47]

Lake Guvrejavrre and the Halt at Kuri. [47]{Google Maps, April 2026]

The railway crosses the BD638 at a level-crossing just to the south of the Halt. [47][Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking North from the level crossing at the BD638. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Looking South from the level crossing at the BD638. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

Road and rail, heading West, are at times very close together. The Varjisan River is towards the bottom of the map extract. [47][Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking West along the BD638 at the location shown above. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

Lake Frostselet is a widening of the Varjisan River. At times the road and railway sit close to its banks. [47][Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking South from the BD638 in the early spring. Both railway and lake are visible. Later as leaf growth continues, neither will be easily seen from the road. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Road, railway and river continue heading West. [48]

A side road from the BD638, the Frostselwagen, crosses the railway on the level. [48]

Looking south from the BD638 the level-crossing is visible from the main road! [Google Maps, April 2026]
The level-crossing at Frostselwagen. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

The next station on the line – Varjistrask – sits on the North side of (the Lake) Stor- Varjistrasket. [48][Google Maps, April 2026]

Varjisträsk Station building seen from the train with snow still on the ground. It is not possible to see the station building from the BD638, (c) Karlsson, June 2017. {Google Maps, April 2026]
West of Varjistrask, the line turns to the Southwest. [49]

It bridges the Varjisan River just to the West of Stor-Varjistrasket and adjacent to the BD638. [49][Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking Southeast from the bridge carrying the BD638 over the Varjisan River, the bridge carrying the railway over the river can be seen easily. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

Almost immediately to the Southwest of the river bridge the BD638 crosses the railway on the level. [49][Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking Northeast from the level-crossing over the BD638 towards the location of the bridge over the Varjisan. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Looking Southwest from the level-crossing. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Continuing Southwest the line passes through Iggejaur, bridges the Pitealven River at Pitealvsbron and then turns to the South. [50]

The Halt at Iggejaur. [50][Google Maps, April 2026]

The combined road/rail bridge (Piteälvsbron) over the Pitealven River. [50][Google Maps, April 2026]

The small Halt at Pitealvsbron and the bridge seen from close to the Halt. [Google Streetview, September 2009]

Looking South over the bridge, which is a shared road and rail bridge. [Google Streetview, September 2009] And a of the bridge from the East, (c) Gustavo Azevedo, 2025, [Google Maps, April 2026]

This location South of Pitealvsbron has a passing place but is not named either on Google Maps or OpenStreetMap. [50][Google Maps, April 2026]

As can be seen from the satellite image an access road runs from the BD638 to the location which, together with passing loop would suggest the existence of a Halt in the past.

This extract from OpenStreetMap’s mapping shows the line running South-southeast into Moskosei. [51]

On its way towards Moskosel, the line runs between the BD638 and the Abmoalven River, a tributary of the Pitealven River. [51]

As can be seen in the image immediately above, the railway can be seen from the BD638, looking Northeast. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

Road, rail and river run practically adjacent to each other as we continue South-southeast towards Moskosel. [51]

The view West from the BD638 across the railway to the Abmoalven River. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

Another bridge – this one crosses the Abmoalven. [51][Google Maps, April 2026]

On the approach to Moskosel the line crosses the BD629 (Abmorvagen) at a level crossing. [51]

The crossing at Abmorwagen (BD629). [Google Maps, April 2026]
Looking Northwest from the level-crossing on Abmorwagen. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Looking Southeast towards the station at Moskosel. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

Moskosel Railway Station site. [Google Maps, April 2026][51]

Moskosel Railway Station had a long siding to the North of the station platform and two loops off the main running line to the South of the station platform. These can be seen in the extracts from OpenStreetMap’s mapping immediately above.

The Railway Station building at Moskosel is, in the 21st century, a small railway museum which It focuses on the history of the “rallare” (railway construction workers) who built the Inland Railway. [Google Streetview, April 2021]
Looking North, this view shows the station platform at Moskosel. [Google Streetview, April 2021]

Seen from the East across the single line through the station, this is the platform side view of the station building, (c) dirk-steffen, 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The station is quite a distance Northwest of Moskosel town centre. [51]

South of Moskosel, the line first finds its own way to the Southwest. ….

The line to the Southwest of Moskosel: it passes to the West of Lake Linkosjon and heads Southwest, passing to the South of Lake Sierbra before turning South once again. [52]

Tjappsaive Halt is at the end of a long side road off the E45 road. [52][Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South from Tjappsaive Halt, crossing the E45 again on the way. [53]

Before reaching the level-crossing, the line bridged the Grantraskan which flowed between Lake Levas and Lake Auktsjaursjon. [53][Google Maps, April 2026]

The level-crossing at Auktsjaur and the Halt which is just to the South of the crossing. [53]

The E45 level-crossing. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Looking North from the crossing. [Google Streetview, July 2025]
Looking South. [Google Streetview, July 2025]

Auktsjaur Railway Station is a halt without a passing loop. The village it serves sits to the Northeast of the station straddling the E45. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Auktsjaur Railway Station seen from Uttertrask road. the railway line runs behind the building. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
A little way South of the station Uttertrask crosses the line. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Looking back North towards Auktsjaur Station from the road-crossing with Uttertrask.
[Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking South down the line from the same road-crossing.
[Google Streetview, September 2021]

Road and rail cross again at the hamlet of Uttertrask alongside Lake Uttertrasket. [53][Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking North towards Auktsjaur from the road crossing above. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking South from the same crossing. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
On this next map extract, Uttertrask appears top right, the line turns to travel West, running to the South of two lakes Vastra Sarvasjaure and Ostra Sarvasjaure. It then crosses the BD643. [54]

The road-crossing at the BD643. [54][Google Maps, April 2026]

Still travelling ina predominantly westward direction the line crosses this next map extract and takes up closer order with the E45 again near the small village of Akkavare. [55]

Akkavare Village and Halt. [55][Google Maps, April 2026]

This last OpenStreetMap wide area extract covers the run in to Arvidsjaur. [56]

The E45 and the Inlandsbanan bridge the channel linking Lake Vastra Kikkejaure and Lake Arvidsjaurjon. Both are on causeways which are breached by short bridges. [56][Google Maps, April 2026]

This photograph shows the Inlandsbanan bridge as it is seen from The E45. This image faces Southeast. [Google Streetview, August 2025]

The E45 and the Inlandsbanan cross the channel linking Lake Stentrasket with Lake Arvidsjaurjon. [56][Google Maps, April 2026.

An early morning view of the Inladsbanan bridge seen, looking East, from the E45 bridge.
[Google Streetview, August 2025

A little further South road and rail bridge the Svardalven River, Google has this as the Byske. [56][Google Maps, April 2025]

Looking Northeast from the E45 along the Byske/Svardalven. [Google Streetview, August 2025]
We are now on the approach to Arvidsjaur and its Railway Station. As the line enters the outskirts of the town, close to the Prasttjarnen Lake it crosses Norrwagen. [56]

The line crosses Norrvagen. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Looking Northwest along the line. [Google Streetview, August 2025]
Looking Southeast towards the Railway Station. [Google Streetview, August 2025]
Arvidsjaur Railway Station used to be a junction station. with two arms of the inlandsbanan entering the station from the Northwest and a line to Jörn leaving to the Southeast. The line to Jörn has been lifted. The 75-km Jörn–Arvidsjaur railway line (opened 1928, closed 1990) connects Arvidsjaur with the main line at Jörn. While disused, there are potential plans to reopen it for defence purposes. This map extract shows the two arms of the Inlandsbanan meeting to the Northwest of the railway station. Note also the two sidings on the North side of the running lines. [56][57]
The same area as it appears on Google’s satellite imagery. Note the rolling stock in the sidings on the North side of the running lines. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Looking Northwest in mid-winter from the level-crossing at Skillnadsgatan.The line from the North is at the centre of the image, the line for the South is shown to the left and the sidings mentioned above are on the right side of this photograph. [Google Stretview, January 2021]
Similarly in the grip of winter this view looks from the same road-crossing towards Arvidsjaur Railway Station. The Inlandsbanan line from the North is at the centre of the image, that for the South is on the right side of the picture. The sidings are on the left of the image. [Google Streetview, January 2021]
This map extracts focuses on the Railway Station at Arvidsjaur with the two arms of the inlandsbanan entering from the Northwest and the sub of the line to Jörn running only a very short distance to the Southeast, acting as no more than a head shunt for the station. At the top-left of the image the locomotive depot can be seen on the South side of the running lines. [56]
A similar area as it appears on Google’s satellite imagery. There is a lot of rollingstock visible in the sidings at the station. There also appear to be some single car and two-car DMUs in the locomotive depot at the top-left of the image. The ‘head shunt’ can be picked out crossing Västlundavägen and heading for the bottom-right of the image. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The old locomotive shed/depot now acts as a stabling point for railbuses that are used on the Inlandsbanen. [56][Google Maps, April 2026]

The locomotive depot at Arvidsjaur is used for the stabling of railcars, (c) dirk-steffen, 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026]
A winter view of the station buildings at Arvidsjaur, seen from Tallgatan (South of the station).
[Google Streetview, January 2021]
A view in early spring (March) of the station buildings at Arvidsjaur, from the station approach.
[Google Streetview,March 2021]

The station building seen from the North, (c) dirk-steffen, 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The station building seen from the East, (c) gesla 26.11, 2024. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Steam at Arvidsjaur on 20th May 1935, Locomotive No. 907, no known copyright restrictions. [60]

More photographs of the site of the railway station and some rolling stock can be seen here. [58]

Looking Northwest from the road-crossing at Västlundavägen into the site of the railway station. [Google Streetview, July 2025]
Looking Southeast along what was the line to Jörn which now acts as a head-shunt for the railway station. [Google Streetview, July 2025]

Arvidsjaur had a population of 4,635 in 2010. During the winter months, major car-manufacturers perform arctic trials in the Arvidsjaur area. The town also fosters tourism by offering snowmobile tours, trekking, skiing, fishing and dogsled rides. Arvidsjaur is a Swedish adaptation of the Ume Sámi word árviesjávrrie, derived from árvies (“generous” or “one who gives abundantly”) and jávrrie (“lake”), referring to the fishing in the nearby lake of the same name. Aruens järff by was the Swedishized name of the Sámi village where the Arvidsjaur Church was built in 1607. [59]

It is at Arvidsjaur that we take a break on our journey South down the Inlandsbanan.

References

  1. M. D. Grenville & H. A. Vallance; Sweden’s Inland Railway; in The Railway Magazine, December 1958; Tothill Press, London, 1958, p826-832 & p870.
  2. Gällivare is 744 miles (1,198 km) from Stockholm. It a quaint mining town and the gateway to the mountains, forest and glaciers of Laponia. This small town of around 8,500 people is an ideal base from which to venture into the surrounding wilderness. (The Laponia World Heritage Site includes the spectacular national parks of Sarek, Stora Sjöfallet and Muddus) Gällivare’s museum allows one to learn about the lives of the town’s early settlers as well as the culture of the region’s indigenous Sami communities. A guided tour of the Aitik Copper Mine, one of the largest mines in Europe, is available. Expedia suggests visits to the town’s historic churches including: the tiny Old Church (Gällivare Gamla Kyrka), which dates back to the 18th century; and the white New Church (Gällivare Nya Kyrka) which was designed by architect Emil Langlet. A visit to Malmberget would give a further glimpse into this region’s industrial past. Malmberget is home to a branch of the LKAB Iron-Ore Mine which offers daily tours. A visit to Kåkstan, a historical “shanty town” museum village, dating back to the 1888 iron-ore rush should be included in any itinerary. [3]
  3. https://www.expedia.co.uk/Gallivare.dx1308, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  4. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:G%C3%A4llivare-station-5.jpg, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  5. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:G%C3%A4llivare_station_%28DSCF0855%29.jpg, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  6. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:G%C3%A4llivare-station-1.jpg, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  7. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/67.14337/20.63916, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  8. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=11/63.1973/14.6639, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  9. https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Mineral-production-at-Vitaforsgruvan-Malmberget-in-Lappland-Sweden-Photo-Anders_fig1_264006617, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  10. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=13/63.84192/15.56361, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  11. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=13/63.83321/15.61672, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  12. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/64.62064/16.63751, accessed on 19th April 2026.
  13. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%96stersund#/media/File:%C3%96stersund_3.jpg, accessed on 20th April 2026.
  14. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%96stersund, accessed on 20th April 2026.
  15. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vilhelmina, accessed on 20th April 2026.
  16. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=13/65.52822/17.52354, accessed on 20th April 2026.
  17. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Bf_Sorsele.JPG, accessed on 20th April 2026.
  18. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/67.14943/20.53101, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  19. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/67.139085/20.372847, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  20. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=19/67.140804/20.355332, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  21. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=18/67.158108/20.133092, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  22. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=19/67.125529/20.025827, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  23. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/67.100023/19.996829, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  24. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=Avvakajjo++sweden&zoom=15&minlon=38.63063335418702&minlat=-5.445123599992578&maxlon=38.669900894165046&maxlat=-5.416584834447957#map=16/67.06372/19.92198, accessed on 22nd April 2026.
  25. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=Avvakajjo++sweden&zoom=15&minlon=38.63063335418702&minlat=-5.445123599992578&maxlon=38.669900894165046&maxlat=-5.416584834447957#map=16/67.06084/19.90829, accessed on 22nd April 2026.
  26. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=Avvakajjo++sweden&zoom=15&minlon=38.63063335418702&minlat=-5.445123599992578&maxlon=38.669900894165046&maxlat=-5.416584834447957#map=16/67.03214/19.80031, accessed on 22nd April 2026.
  27. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=Porjus++sweden&zoom=14&minlon=19.773588180541996&minlat=66.945190478894&maxlon=19.85212326049805&maxlat=66.9676331513497#map=13/66.96011/19.82217, accessed on 22nd April 2026.
  28. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=Porjus++sweden&zoom=14&minlon=19.773588180541996&minlat=66.945190478894&maxlon=19.85212326049805&maxlat=66.9676331513497#map=15/66.88487/19.81730, accessed on 22nd April 2026.
  29. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=Porjus++sweden&zoom=14&minlon=19.773588180541996&minlat=66.945190478894&maxlon=19.85212326049805&maxlat=66.9676331513497#map=13/66.80483/19.87676, accessed on 22nd April 2026.
  30. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=Porjus++sweden&zoom=14&minlon=19.773588180541996&minlat=66.945190478894&maxlon=19.85212326049805&maxlat=66.9676331513497#map=14/66.65719/19.83526, accessed on 22nd April 2026
  31. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=Porjus++sweden&zoom=14&minlon=19.773588180541996&minlat=66.945190478894&maxlon=19.85212326049805&maxlat=66.9676331513497#map=14/66.63137/19.83019, accessed on 22nd April 2026.
  32. Jokkmokk is a locality and the seat of Jokkmokk Municipality in Norrbotten County, province of Lapland, Sweden, with 2,786 inhabitants in 2010. The Lule Sámi name of the place (composed of the individual words jåhkå and måhkke) means “River’s Curve,” due to the meandering river that runs through it. As in other towns in Lapland, the Swedish language is dominant, accessed on 23rd April 2026. at an official level in Jokkmokk in modern times. The settlement is just north of the Arctic Circle. [33]
  33. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jokkmokk, accessed on 22nd April 2023.
  34. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=18/66.607141/19.839935, accessed on 22nd April 2026
  35. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Jokkmokks_station#/media/File%3AJokkmokk_EG_29.05.00.jpg, accessed on 22nd April 2026.
  36. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/66.55468/19.91518, accessed on 23rd April 2026.
  37. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Polarkreis_inlandsbanan.jpg, accessed on 23rd April 2026.
  38. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/66.4121/19.6612, accessed on 23rd April 2026.
  39. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/66.4097/19.6873, accessed on 23rd April 2026.
  40. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/66.3347/19.7378, accessed on 23rd April 2026.
  41. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/66.2821/19.8250, accessed on 23rd April 2026.
  42. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/66.17832/19.93143, accessed on 23rd April 2026.
  43. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/66.16070/19.95975, accessed on 23rd April 2026.
  44. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/66.1152/19.9543, accessed on 23rd April 2026.
  45. https://powerplants.vattenfall.com/sv/porjus, accessed on 24th April 2026.
  46. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/66.0492/19.8382, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  47. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=13/66.04406/19.74827, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  48. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/66.0433/19.5814, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  49. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=13/66.02569/19.46280, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  50. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/65.9845/19.3401, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  51. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/65.9106/19.3737, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  52. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/65.82168/19.36199, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  53. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/65.73805/19.38825, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  54. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=13/65.68087/19.37327, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  55. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/65.66172/19.23659, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  56. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=12/65.6098/19.1239, accessed on 26th April 2026.
  57. https://www.railfreight.com/infrastructure/2025/08/20/a-railway-in-sweden-might-reopen-after-25-years-for-defence-purposes, accessed on 27th April 2026.
  58. https://www.google.com/maps/place/Arvidsjaur+station/@65.5887896,19.1703657,3a,75y,90t/data=!3m8!1e2!3m6!1sCIHM0ogKEICAgICdnoO7Kw!2e10!3e12!6shttps:%2F%2Flh3.googleusercontent.com%2Fgps-cs-s%2FAPNQkAF7iE4sU9sWfNsY4tQneVZJD4ZVnmm2yRD1sLH82kvTj42WnEy0k4G354uijjEuR2Gklqw7GPUYqFbes8SbOc_Yqx_JIDirBKN4tWFyBJBUF7Hvsqcu3AW9I7WDdBtkGLs1xhs%3Dw114-h86-k-no!7i4080!8i3072!4m7!3m6!1s0x467857e4d73f311f:0xa1a8fee6020ccd46!8m2!3d65.5888094!4d19.1692597!10e5!16s%2Fg%2F12hhgqb0n?entry=ttu&g_ep=EgoyMDI2MDQyMC4wIKXMDSoASAFQAw%3D%3D, accessed on 27th April 2026.
  59. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arvidsjaur, accessed on 27th April 2026.
  60. https://picryl.com/media/statens-jarnvagar-sj-e-907-arvidsjaur-station-anlagd-1927-c74560, accessed on 27th April 2026.

The Carnlough Limestone Railway and Harbour – Carnlough, Co. Antrim

A scene from Carnlough Harbour in the early 20th century. 0-4-0 Locomotive ‘Otter’ is shunting a train from Tullyoughter, © Public Domain. This image was shared by Galteemore on the Irish Railway Models Forum on 30th September 2021. [6]
Carnlough Harbour and Whiting Mill as they appear on the 6″ Ordnance Survey revised in 1931 and published in 1933. [12]

Limestone had been shipped from  Carnlough for some time, but the trade was small, and declining. It was for this purpose that Gibbons [7] built a pier. Jimmy Irvine tells us that, at Carnlough, “There had been a ‘hurry’, or gravitational inclined plane at the quarry to assist in bringing down stone to the head of the Croft or Gortin Road as it was then called. From there it came on to the pier by cart. Of the pier, Lieut. John Chaytor wrote in 1832, ‘There is a quay at the north east end of the town which has been for some yeans in a state of dilapidation. Small craft from 15 to 20 tons can come in here,’ and he added, ‘Some are in the habit of shipping limestone to Scotland where they barter it for coal . . . but not to such an extent as in the town and neighbourhood of Glenarm. [8] Vessels calling at Glenarm, however, had to stand out in the bay and be loaded by lighter. The new projected Carnlough Harbour would allow ships to enter a basin which would not only offer them protection in times of storm, but would permit their being loaded direct from trucks, thereby ensuring a speedy turnaround.” [9]

A mineral railway and enlarged harbour were constructed in 1853/1854 with a first significant cargo of limestone leaving the Carnlough harbour for Scotland in mid-August 1854.

Jimmy Irvine continues: “Exactly nine months after the work first began Wilson [10] wrote, ‘I have this day loaded a vessel of Limestone from the end of the new quay. I had the stone brought down from the quarries by carts, but it will not pay to do so.’ (8.8.1854). The shipping of this load brought an immediate order from the recipients. Messrs. Tennent of Glasgow for 10,000 tons of stone.” [9]

Wilson encountered serious problems in constructing the harbour. A significant band of harder rock was encountered at what was to be the harbour entrance. It was some years before larger shops were able to enter the harbour. During that time only smaller ships could be loaded efficiently at the harbour walls. The larger ships had to be served by lighters taking limestone out to deeper water.

Carnlough Harbour as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1903, published in 1906. Two bridges carried the railway over Harbour Road and High Street. [13]
The harbour in 2026. [Google Maps, April 2026]
An aerial view of the route of the railway into the harbour area, looking Southwest over the harbour. From the bridge over Harbour Road, the line curves round to run at high level adjacent to the harbour wall where ‘drops’ were operated to load shipping with limestone, (c) Gareth Rowan, 2020. [Google Maps, April 2026]
A view of the high level ‘plateau’ which house rail sidings, ‘drops and later, tippers. This photograph looks Southeast across the harbour from Harbour Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Carnlough Harbour seen from the Northeast in the early 20th century, (c) Public Domain. [14]

The story of the harbour is a litany of different problems: [9]

  • The band of rock already noted;
  • A 2 year period to get the limestone ‘drops’ working effectively;
  • A sand bar developing which further restricted access to the harbour;
  • 15 months wait for a dredger;
  • In February 1860, part of the South Pier carrying the railway and one of the shoots, collapsed into the water. There was a difference of some 30 feet between the top of the pier and the floor of the basin, where the foundations had given way. Watson took charge of the repairs and by October, With the help of divers, he had rebuilt the fallen masonry and cleared the basin of debris.” [9]
  • In April 1862, Wilson that “the harbour has filled up nearly two feet since the dredger was at work and we are now obliged to have resource to the old system of shipping outside in lighters.” [9]
  • Another long wait occurred until a dredger could be permanently allocated to the harbour.

Problems were also encountered with the rail inclines. Only on the upper part of the railway could the loaded trucks pull up the empties, so that horse-drawing was still necessary on the lower. Robert Watson, an engineer from Seaham was brought in to see what he could do. He arrived in March 1856, and two months later Wilson wrote, “I am happy to say Watson has succeeded admirably in making it self acting, superseding the use of Horse work in drawing up the empty wagons.” (9.5.1856). [9]

Wilson sought to diversify to increase income. He began to burn lime in the small kiln (17.12.1855). By keeping careful accounts he soon found that he could sell at a profit.  Armed with this knowledge, he urged the building of lime kilns as part of the development scheme. These were authorised at a cost of £600 and the railway to them at   another £577. “Watson thought of a plan whereby trucks would be hoisted up to feed the kiln instead of running on an incline, thus saving almost £300.” [9]

McGuigan wrote that, “kilns for burning the limestone, and a mill for manufacturing whiting, were erected.” [1: p792] In fact, the project was so successful that once lime burning began in August, 1857, in a short time a further two kilns had to be built, making five in all. [9]

McGuigan tells us that the kilns “flourished until the second decade of the [20th] century, when the general industrial depression, coupled with the  decrease in the use of lime mortar for building and the decline of the iron smelting industry on the west coast of Great Britain, caused the demand for limestone and burnt lime to drop. The kilns ceased operating, but fortunately there arose a demand for crushed lime for agricultural purposes and this kept the undertaking going during the lean years.” [1: p792] In 1954, that product still formed the major portion of the works output, and McGuigan reported that recently the demand for raw limestone had increased. …

The bridge carrying the railway from the quarries to the harbour over the Antrim Coast Road (Harbour Road) through Carnlough. The view looks North through the bridge, © J. H. McGuigan. [1: p793]
A postcard image showing the same bridge but from the opposite side, with ‘Otter’ crossing the bridge heading away from the harbour, © Public Domain. [9]
A more recent photograph of the same bridge (14th May 2007), © Albert Bridge and licenced for reproduction under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [4]
An even more recent view of the same bridge, this time from 2023. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
A view over the same bridge looking towards the quarries. The bridge now carries a public footpath, © Albert Bridge and licenced for reproduction under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [5]
The bridge which carried the railway over High Street. [Google Streetview, August 2022]

The lines running over these bridges were dual gauge, accommodating both narrow-gauge and standard-gauge traffic. The narrow-gauge line to Tullyoughter Quarry is dealt with later in this article.

The line to Gortin Quarry and Creggan Quarry

J. H. McGuigan tells us that “The original railway was of single track, about a mile in length, running inland on a gradient of 1 in 25 from the harbour to Gortin Quarry. This line [was] still in use [in 1954], except for the final 150 yd. or so, which was abandoned when the quarry became worked out [in around 1929/1939].” [1: p782]

The original railway extended from the harbour, through the site of Whiting Mill and on to Gortin Quarry. This is an extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1903, published in 1906. [13]
The line continues Northwest and up a steep incline towards Gortin Quarry. [13]
The line continued uphill and to the Northwest. [13]
Very close now to Gortin Quarry, the track arrangements at the top of the incline are evident in the top-right corner of this image. The line to Creggan Quarry leaves at 90° to the line from Carnlough and exits this map extract at the top. [13]
This map extract shows the arrangement of the track work at the entrance to Gortin Quarry. [13]

In the meantime, quarrying had extended northwards, and a second line, about half a mile in length, was constructed on a 1 in 7 gradient at a right angle to, and as an extension of, the original line. This also continue[d] in use [in 1954], giving a total of about one-and-a-half miles [then] working. The gauge [was] 4 ft. 8.5 in., rather unusual in Ireland.” [1: p782]

The line was originally operated by gravity and horse power but this was later replaced by cables with a winding house over at least part of the route. [2]

The line to Creggan Quarry left the lower incline at 90°, running Northeast. [13]
Gortin Quarry was served by a short internal railway. [13]

McGuigan noted, in 1954, that the first section of about 750 yards, “from the harbour to a point about 500 yd. above the mill, [was] worked by a single cable and winding engine, the loaded trucks descending to the harbour by gravity but

attached to the haulage cable and therefore under the control of the engine driver. Empty trucks at the harbour [were] then coupled to the cable in place of the loaded ones and hauled up by the winder. Until the middle of 1952, the winding engine was steam-operated, and strongly resembled a ship’s winch. It had two cylinders, each 6 in. dia. by 11 in. stroke; the drum was 34 in. dia., with a brake drum 48 in. dia. on the same shaft, and was manufactured by Alexander Chapman & Company of Glasgow. Steam was supplied by a vertical cross-tube boiler 10 ft. high and 4 ft. dia. In 1952, the unit was electrified by the s

imple expedient of removing both connecting-rods, fitting a vee-belt pulley in place of one crank, and installing a 35-h.p. three-phase electric motor with vee-belt drive.” [1: p792-793]

Trucks on the standard-gauge track attached to the cable from the winding engine. The cable passed overhead to an idling drum before returning to ground level. [1: p794]

Above the powered rope-worked incline another 650 yard self-acting rope-worked incline operated with the weight of descending wagons lifting empties. That incline was “single track with a passing loop at the middle. The haulage cable passe[d] round a drum 8 ft. 6 in. dia. in a pit at the top of the incline. The drum rotate[d] about a roughly vertical axle and [was] provided with a hand-operated band-brake by which the speed of the trucks [was] controlled. To avoid the two portions of the cable becoming crossed, the ascending rake of trucks [had] to travel on the same side of the passing loop as that used by the previous descending rake, and this entail[ed] throwing the points at each end of the loop after every run. A man [travelled] on the rear truck of each rake, and as these approach[ed] the passing loop the brakeman reduce[d] speed. Each man then dismount[ed] as his rake enter[ed] the loop, [threw] the points when the last truck of the entering rake [had] passed, and board[ed] the last vehicle of the emerging rake on which he return[ed] to his base.” [1: p793]

At the top of the incline, the next section, left at an angle of about 90°, the connection was made by means of a turntable, a square crossing and a cut-off line.  McGuigan said in 1954: “Loaded trucks from the upper incline travel via the cut-off line to a dead end, from which they reverse on to the lower incline. Empty trucks from the lower line are turned on the turntable and enter the upper incline over the square crossing with the track used by loaded vehicles.” [1: p793]

This shows the turntable, square crossing and cut off line mentioned above. The wagon on the right is waiting to descend to the Harbour or the Whiting Works. Note the disc signal. The winch operator was in a pulpit cabin about a third of the way down the main incline. This photograph was shared by Alan Young (from his own collection) on the Irish Railways Present and Past and Other Interesting Railways Facebook Group on 21st October 2025, © Carl Marsden. This image is used with kind permission. [3]

McGuigan continued his narrative: “From this point to the terminus (approximately half a mile) the line is worked as two consecutive gravity inclines, similar to that just described, a siding and a turntable adjacent to the brake-drum of the lower incline giving access to the working face of the neighbouring Creggan Quarry via a fan of tracks along which the trucks are manhandled.” [1: p793]

“Some 100 yd. above this point, the second incline enter[ed] a cutting about 100 ft. deep in which [was] the passing loop, and then passe[d] through a concrete-lined tunnel about 100 yd. long from which it emerge[d] to the upper quarry.” [1: p795]

McGuigan continued, in his article, to talk through the signalling arrangements in use on the line. One of the disc signals mentioned can be seen in the monochrome image above. “Disc signals, each consisting of a board about 3 ft. 6 in. square, painted black with a white disc on one side, and mounted on a wooden post arranged to turn about a vertical axis, [were] provided at the top and bottom of each incline. The heights of the posts [varied] from about 4 ft. to 25 ft., according to position. The normal aspect of the signal [was] with the board parallel to the track, that is with the disc invisible to a person on the track. When a rake of trucks, usually six vehicles, [was] ready to depart from one end of an incline the operator there turn[ed] his signal to exhibit its disc to the operator at the other end. When the latter [had] ascertained that the rake at his end [was] ready, he turn[ed] his signal and exhibit[ed] its disc in acknowledgment. The brakeman or engine man, as the case may be, then release[d] the brake and allow[ed] the run to take place.” [1: p795]

Whiting Mill and its Rails

Whiting Mill as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1903, published in 1906. Notice the array of tracks close to the mill, the line heading West-northwest ran to the base of the first incline. The line running South-southwest is the 3ft 6in-gauge line to the quarry at Tullyoughter which is discussed below. It is worth comparing this map extract with the one immediately below. [13]
Whiting Mill as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1931, published in 1933. Notice that the buildings have been enlarged, that the track layout in the yard is more simple and that the line which used to serve the quarry at Tullyoughter has gone. [12]

The Narrow-gauge line to Tullyoughter Quarry

McGuigan continued: “About 1890, presumably because of a boom in the limestone business, a quarry was opened at Tullyaughter, about two miles south of Whiting Mill, and a 3 ft. 6 in. gauge, single-track railway was laid thence. The addition of a third rail to the existing line allowed trucks of limestone to pass directly from the quarry to the harbour. The new line crossed the Carnlough River on a timber trestle bridge, and then, about half a mile further on, crossed the Ballymena-Carnlough road on the level. Gates to close the ends of the railway when trains were not passing were provided there, and a man was employed to operate them and exhibit a red flag to road traffic when a train was approaching.” [1: p795]

The first length of the 3ft 6in-gauge line from Whiting Mill to the quarry at Tullyoughter bridged the Carnlough River and ran down the West side of Harphall House. [13]

The route of the line is shown on the satellite image on the right above as a red line. this applies along the route of this 3ft 6in line and to the satellite images below. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line ran behind the properties which face out onto the A2, [13]

The line continues South at the rear of what were single properties facing the A2 but now replaced by small estates. [13]

The railway ran along the West bank of the Glencloy River. It passed to the West of Bay Cottage, [13]

The next extract from the NLS 6″ OS mapping takes us to the bottom of the OS sheet. … [13]

The line to the edge of the OS sheet. [13]

The next three sections of the line are shown on the next OS sheet. … [15]

The next length of the railway is on the next Ordnance Survey sheet. [15]

A very similar length of the line as shown on the adjacent OS mapping. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The length from the Level-Crossing to Tullyoughter. [15]

The next images show the last length of the line and its terminus in Tulluoughter Quarry. … [16]

The line terminates at Tullyoughter Quarry, [15]

McGuigan says: “The line from the mill to the quarry was on a rising gradient of about 1 in 50, and was worked by gravity and horses until a steam locomotive was acquired in 1898. This was a 0-4-0 side tank engine, named Otter, built in 1896 by Andrew Barclay, Sons & Company, of Kilmarnock, and had 7 in. by 14 in. outside cylinders, 2 ft. 1 in. wheels, and a wheelbase of 3 ft. 9 in. The heating surface was 145 sq. ft., the grate area 3.5 sq. ft., and the working pressure, 140 lb. per sq. in. The engine was provided with a cab, and the fuel bunker was in part of the right-hand tank. Otter hauled loads of about 20 trucks. Work at Tullyaughter Quarry ceased about 1922, and the line between it and the mill was lifted about 1924. Otter continued to work in the mill yard and at the harbour till about 1930, after which it lay derelict until it was sold for scrap and cut up in July, 1951.” [1: p795]

A photograph of Otter at work around the turn of the 20th century, © Public Domain. [1: p794]

Writing in 1954, McGuigan goes on to talk about rolling stock on the line: “Rolling stock at present consists of about 80 trucks for the 4 ft. 8 in. gauge. and 13 for the 3 ft. 6 in. gauge. The former have timber frames and steel bodies 7 ft. 8 in. long, 4 ft. wide, and 2 ft. 10 in. deep. The wheelbase is 3 it. 5 in., and wheel diameter in some cases 2 ft. 6 in., and in others 2 ft. The narrow-gauge vehicles consist of seven trucks with bodies and six flats, and are of all-wooden construction, except for wheels and fittings. Both broad-and narrow-gauge trucks are designed for end tipping, and have one end arranged to swing outwards on a hinge just above the top edge. The narrow-gauge stock is used exclusively for the transport of finely ground products from the mill to the harbour, the flats are used for bagged material. An agricultural tractor acts as locomotive between the harbour and the mill, and does shunting work. The track layout at the harbour is triangular, and includes sidings of each gauge, three-rail mixed-gauge sidings, and one four-rail mixed-gauge track leading to four turntables which serve the chutes down which the limestone is delivered into the holds of the steamers.” [1: p795]

McGuigan then talks of planned modernisation of the railway with new sidings serving a new crushing plant, “the provision of an electrically operated wagon-tippler, and the electrification of the winding-engine all indicat[ing] that, unlike some public railways in Ireland which are in decline, the Carnlough Railway [was] entering its second century in a spirit of rejuvenation.” [1: p795]

An Aerial Ropeway for the The Sulphate of Ammonia Co. Ltd. (Carnlough)

Perhaps of additional interest is another industrial concern in the vicinity. In the early 1900s  an American and a German, Messrs. H.C. Woltrick and G.W. Mottram, who had arrived in England in 1899 “to demonstrate the process for the production of white lead by electrolysis, …  had ventured to [Co. Antrim] where they discovered … that the mountain behind Carnlough, in the townland of Harphall, was particularly rich in the type of peat from which ammonia could be extracted. Thus the venture began and a limited syndicate was formed to carry on the work.” [11]

“Early in 1904 the business was taken over by the Chemical Proprietory Co. Ltd. with a capital of £100,000. Woltrick and Mottram remained directors and it was not long before this new company … ran into difficulties. It was reconstructed as Chemicals Ltd. in late 1904.” [11]

The Company needed to transport peat, in an efficient manner, down the side of the mountain. Their chosen solution was an aerial ropeway. They negotiated an agreement with the local landowner and “early in 1905 a dining-room and huts for sleeping were erected [on] the mountain; and an office, staff house and retorts were built at the foot of the mountain at … the ‘Low Station’. The aerial ropeway, supported by 24 trestles in a straight line down the mountain side and over the Cranny River to the Low Station was also built.” [11]

The aerial ropeway was to carry numerous buckets which were to circulate continuously in a clockwise direction up and down the mountain side. They would be loaded with peat at the top of the mountain and carry it down to the Low Station to be unloaded and burned in the large retorts. Tools such as stone hammers and peat knives were purchased to aid the workers cut the peat. Some 200 people were employed.” [11]

Railway lines 7 feet wide resting on 12 foot sleepers were laid [across the bog on the mountain]. Side lines were laid in conjunction with the main line. The peats were stacked beside the lines and then loaded onto wagons on the main line which were drawn by an engine called ‘Moor Hen’ to the head of the aerial ropeway. Here they were transferred into buckets and taken by cable to the Low Station at Drumahoe … where they were emptied into the large retorts lined with lead and burned using sulphuric acid. From here the produce was loaded in granule form into trucks and sent down to the harbour for export.” [11]

After a few months, “Chemicals Ltd. went into liquidation for lack of capital. It was reconstructed as the Sulphate of Ammonia Company with a capital of £125,000 and for the next two years things went well without any hitches.” [11]

Early in 1908 production was almost at a standstill due to the decreasing ammonia content of the peat and the lack of further capital. The company ceased trading and “the aerial ropeway… was purchased by a Cumberland coal mining company. Under the direction of Hugh and Thomas Wilson it was re-erected at St. Bee’s Head.” [11]

References

  1. J. H. McGuigan; Carnlough Limestone Railway and Harbour; in The Railway Magazine, Tothill Press, London, November 1954, p792-795.
  2. https://www.causewaycoastalroute.com/carnlough-history, accessed on 3rd April 2026.
  3. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1Gq2XF7S82, accessed on 3rd April 2026.
  4. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/435591, accessed on 4th April 2026.
  5. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/435596, accessed on 4th April 2026.
  6. https://irishrailwaymodeller.com/uploads/monthly_2021_09/930E0570-F053-4DC1-8936-C891361563D2.jpeg.ec550e3399411be053d9c70e7653cc60.jpeg, accessed on 4th April 2026.
  7. Phillip Gibbons was master of a smack from Westport, Co.Sligo. Late in the eighteenth century he pulled in at Glenarm where, foresaking the sea, he married Anne, daughter of Nicholas Stewart, the Earl of Antrim’s agent. Through his marriage he became possessed of, amongst other properties, the townland of Carnlough North, where they resided. He was a sort of farmer-contractor, prepared to undertake any work for the betterment of the district. He died about 1815.
  8. The Ordnance Survey Memoirs for the Parish of Ardclinis: see “The Glynns” Vol I, page 31.
  9. A much fuller story of the construction of the harbour can be found on the Glens Of Antrim Historical Society website:  https://antrimhistory.net/carnlough-harbour-development-scheme-18541864-by-jimmy-irvine, accessed on 4th April 2026.
  10. The land agent in charge of the works was Richard Wilson. [9]
  11. https://antrimhistory.net/the-sulphate-of-ammonia-co-ltd-carnlough-by-linda-mcneill, accessed on 4th April 2026.
  12. https://maps.nls.uk/view/247678190, accessed on 4th April 2026.
  13. https://maps.nls.uk/view/247665827, accessed on 4th April 2026.
  14. https://www.oneirishrover.com/carnlough-bay, accessed on 4th April 2026.
  15. https://maps.nls.uk/view/247665839, accessed on 5th April 2026.

Railways of Tanzania – Part 4 – Moshi to Arusha

The featured image for this article is a photograph of East African Railways (EAR) Class 29 steam locomotive no. 2904 at Moshi depot, Tanzania, © Basil Roberts and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [13]

The Moshi-Arusha railway line is a 86 km extension of the Usambara Railway (Usambarabahn) in northern Tanzania, It was initially built between 1911 and 1929 and rehabilitated in 2018–2019, the metre-gauge line connects the Northern zone to the port of Tanga, and mainly serves as a freight corridor for agriculture and industrial goods.

The line from Tanga entered Moshi from the South and met the line from Arusha before entering the Railway Station at Moshi. The route of that railway is covered in an article on this blog which can be found here. [1] The history of the Usambara Railway can be found here. [4]

This photograph was taken in 1916 and shows the original station building which was expanded over the years as the photographs below show, Note the wide platform with a well defined edge and the ballast surrounding the rails on the right of the image, (c) Public Domain. [9]

The Station Building seen from the station forecourt, © Kisali, 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026].
A view of the railway station building with a passenger train waiting to depart, in 2022, © Michael Emmanuel. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The trackside view of the Railway Station Building,  © Seva TV, 2018. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Looking North towards the end of the line, with the station building on the left and the tracks on the right. The tracks are separated from the station building by security fencing with a gate between the two. © Tanzania Railways, 2022. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Google’s satellite imagery shows us the station at Moshi from above. [Google Maps, April 2026]

An extract from MapCarta’s mapping showing Moshi Railway Station. [3]

The Station Sign at Moshi, © カーンオリバー, 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The approach to the passenger facilities at Moshi Railway Station in 2021. Passenger coaches sit at the platform, © Ally Kessy. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Two aerial videos can be found here [7] and here. [8] The first of these two videos looks Northeast towards the end of the line which sits next to the Tanzania Coffee Curing Company Ltd.

The extreme northeast end of the railway in Moshi, Northeast of the passenger station the final buffers of the line sit beside the Tanzania Coffee Curing Company Ltd. [Google Maps, April 2026]

This satellite image shows the Coffee Company’s building (at the top of the image) and the railway station buildings (at the bottom-left). The factory dwarves the station buildings both in plana and when seen from the ground.

Some excellent photographs of the station site in Moshi can be found here. [6]

The line from Tanga runs into Moshi from the South. It meets the line from Arusha immediately to the Southwest of Moshi Railway Station site. Our journey starts at the railway station in Moshi and we head out following the line to Arusha, roughly parallel to Nyerere Road and Nyerere Avenue as the roads are named on OpenStreetMap. Google Maps names the road Mawenzi Road. [2]
A similar area to that shown on the Openstreetmap map above. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The Pangani River Bridge on the line to Arusha. [Google Maps, April 2026]

After crossing the Pangani River to the Southwest of Moshi, the line turn to the West, but only for a short distance before again turning to the Southwest as shown on the map below.

The small extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows a typical length of the line heading West away from the Pangani River. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Travelling away from the Pangani River, the line first heads West, and after crossing another river not marked on the map, it then turns Southwest and maintains the bearing until it crosses the Weruweru River and turns to head in a generally southerly direction. It then crosses the Kikafu River and continues South into Weru Weru before swing round to the West. [5]
The next river bridge is mentioned in the notes under the OpenStreetMap extract above.
[Google Maps, April 2026]
The Weruweru River bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The Kikafu River bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]
On a bearing just to the North of West, the line continues toward Arusha. The trace of the line on Google Maps becomes much more faint as it runs on the North side of Longoi, Kawaya and Chekimaji. The resolution on the satellite imagery in this area is less good but a river bridge can be seen at Longoi. [5]
The river bridge at Longoi. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Beyond Chekimagi, the line continues in a West-northwest direction, running North of the centre of Rundugai and North of Kindigani. To the Northwest of Rundugai, a culvert carries the line over a usually dry stream bed. [5]
The smaller structure on the approach to Rundugai is supplemented by some concrete culverts to accommodate the stream/river in spate. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The culvert to the Northwest of Rundugai. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The next notable location along the line is Sanya Station (Kikuletwa). There is a murram road crossing just to the West of the station and the remains of a bridge over the Sanya River. The line continues to head West, crossing another murram road. Just at the left of this image three roads can be seen converging, all murram roads, one of which is the Kia – Sanya Station road. [5]
Satellite images are relatively indistinct and show very little at the site of the station (Kikuletwa). The small settlement named Sanya Station sits to the South of the station. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The remains of the bridge spanning the Sanya River. [Google Maps, April 2026]
This map extract shows the next length of the line. The Kia – Sanya Station Road runs along the South side of the railway to meet the Kilimanjaro Airport Road (shown yellow on the map. Makai Mapya and Malula are on the South side of the line. The T2/A23 road is to the North. The next town to the West is Kingori which can be made out at the left side of this image. [5]
Looking East from the tarmacked Kilimanjaro Airport Road, back along the line towards Moshi, the Kia – Sanya Station can just be picked out on the right of the image, heading away East to the horizon. Very little of Tanzania is covered by Google’s Streetview imagery, but some roads associated with Kilimanjairo are covered. [Google Streetview, July 2022]
Looking West along the line from the same road-crossing. [Google Streetview, July 2022]
Kingori is shown on the right side of this next OpenStreetMap map extract. The railway no longer follows a straight course as it winds its way along the contours of the land. Two culverts in close proximity allow the passage of water in the rainy season. [5]
The two culverts mentioned above sit over dry river beds. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The line follows a general bearing just to the South of West as it runs to the South of Kikatiti. The road South from Kikatiti curve to the Southwest before turning South once again to cross the railway line. To the West of the road-crossing the line begins to drift Northwest. [5]
The murram road from Kikatiti enters this satellite image at the centre top, crosses the line of the railway and leaves the image centre-bottom. The road from Kikatiti to the railway is also know as the road to Maroroni. That road turns sharply to the left once it has crossed the railway and follows the line on the railway’s South side. It then can be seen on the map extract above, turning away to the Southwest.
[Google Maps, April 2026]
This map extract shows both the T2/A23 and the railway and a blue square marks Usa Railway Station, Arusha. Just to the east of the station the railway bridges the Usa River. [5]
The Usa River bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A closer view of Usa River Railway Station on the OpenStreetMap mapping. It shows a passing loop and short siding. [5]

Usa River Railway Station as it appears on the Google satellite imagery. The passing loop can be made out, but there appears to be little evidence of the siding. What is very noticeable, in these last two satellite images, is that as we approach Arusha we are now travelling through more fertile land than that which we have been travelling through from Moshi. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Another branch of the Usa River is bridged to the West of the Railway Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]
[5]
Another branch of the Usa River is bridged. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Yet another branch of the Usa River is crossed by the railway just downstream of where it is bridged by the Old Moshi Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
And one further branch of the Usa River is bridged before the railway crosses the Arusha By-pass Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The level-crossing at the Arusha By-pass Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
A short distance further West, the line crosses the Old Moshi Road which also bears the name Nyerere Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The line wends its way through the suburbs of Arusha, From the East, there are two river crossings and one major road crossing in short succession. The second of the two river bridges crosses the Tengeru River. [5]
There is very little to see at the first of the streams crossed by the railway. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The bridge over the Tengeru River. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The road crossing of Nelson Mandela Road (according to OpenStreetMap, but also known as Nyerere Road and Old Moshi Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The level-crossing at Naberera Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A little to the West of the Naberera Road the line crosses a small stream. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A more significant stream runs under the railway in a narrow ravine. Which appears close to the left of the map extract above and on the right of the map extract below. [Google Maps, April 2026]

This final map extract takes us to the Railway Station in Arusha and the end of the line. [5]

The sequence of extracts from Google Maps satellite imagery below takes us to the station in Arusha. ….

This extract from Google’s satellite imagery cover the first length of line to the Northwest of the ravine noted at the West end of the previous OpenStreetMap image. [Google Maps, April 2026]
This second extract takes us further into town. [Google Maps, April 2026]
This third extract continues the journey West-northwest towards Themi Hill. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The fourth extract brings us close to Themi Hill. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The line curves round the Southwest side of Themi Hill. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Continuing to curve round to the North, the line passes to the West of Themi Hill, (left). It then continues North (below) passing Kilimanjaro Mills on its right. [Google Maps, April 2026]

This next extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows the railway curving round towards the West and crossing the Themi River. A closer view of the bridge is shown below. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A short distance to the West, the railway crosses the Naura River (Ilboru-Sinoni River on Google Maps) as shown below.

The Iboru-Sinoni or Naura River Bridge is only a short distance to the East of Arusha Railway Station.
[Google Maps, April 2026]
Careful inspection of this extract from OpenStreetMap’s mapping will show faint dotted lines marking now disused lines serving the Industrial area to the South of the station. One branch left the main line to the East of Five Star Petroleum Station heading east and then curving round to the West alongside Relini Street and then running on the North side of that road almost to the Left side of the map extract where it terminated in two sidings. There are two sidings on the North side of the main line close to the station buildings , there was once a branch/siding which left the main line to the South of these. It divided into two, with one short siding remaining in the station area, the other crossing Sinoni Avenue and then terminating in two sidings. These also provided a head shunt for another line running across the South side of the station site almost as far as the left side of this map extract. There were then a series of sidings adjacent to the station buildings and a turning triangle to the South of these. [5]
Arusha Railway Station. [5]
Arusha Railway Station seen from the West, (c) Allan Kaitila (June 2021). [Google Maps, April 2026]
The same view but without the locomotive, (c) Harald Ulver and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [10]

Some excellent monochrome photographs of Arusha Railway Station can be found here. [11]

Arusha Railway Station building seen from the South with Mount Meru in the background (August 2024). Notice the steel sleepers and rails in the foreground of the photograph, (c) Harald Ulver and liceinced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [12]

References

  1. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/04/01/railways-of-tanzania-part-2-the-route-of-the-usambara-railway-tanga-to-moshi
  2. https://www.openstreetmap.org/node/255602805#map=15/-3.35899/37.34255, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  3. https://mapcarta.com/Moshi, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  4. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/16/railways-of-tanzania
  5. https://www.openstreetmap.org, accessed on 13th April 2026.
  6. https://theworldatmyfeet.net/moshi-train-station-time-stopped, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  7. https://www.vecteezy.com/video/69675041-aerial-view-of-abandoned-railway-tracks-in-moshi-tanzania, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  8. https://www.vecteezy.com/video/69665792-aerial-view-of-railway-station-and-surrounding-area-in-moshi-tanzania, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  9. https://www.mediastorehouse.co.uk/framed-prints/mary-evans-prints-online/new-moshi-railway-station-print-14377332.html, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  10. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Railway_station_%28tracks%29_-_Arusha_%28Tanzania%29.jpg, accessed on 15th April 2026.
  11. https://thetracksidephotographer.com/2016/06/16/last-train-arusha, accessed on 15th April 2026.
  12. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Railway_station_%28building%29_-_Arusha_%28Tanzania%29.jpg, accessed on 15th April 2026.
  13. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File%3ABasil_Roberts_(680612_EAR).jpg, accessed on 16th April 2026.

The Mount Washington Cog Railway

The featured image (above) shows original locomotive, ‘Old Peppersass’, exhibited at the base station of the railway. Locomotive No. 2, ‘Ammonoosuc’, is to the left of the image © R.F. Legget, Public Domain. [1: p788]

Welcome to the Mount Washington Cog Railway! [37]
The Mount Washington Cog Railway. [53]
The Mount Washington Cog Railway. [26]
The full line as it appears on Google Maps.
[Google Maps, April 2026]

The November 1954 edition of The Railway Magazine contained an article by Robert Legget about the Mount Washington Cog Railway in New Hampshire. He was surprised to find that in 1954 it was claiming to be ‘the first mountain climbing railway in the world’.

It is beyond doubt that it is among the pioneer mountain railways of the world, but the first?

Here (below) are a few of the lines highlighted by a number of different AI searches all of which included the words ‘mountain railway’ in the search parameters. They are all interesting examples of engineering developments over time. No claim is made that this is an all-inclusive list! And, looking at the lines highlighted, it seems the search term, ‘mountain railway‘ might have been interpreted quite widely! ….

  • 1460: Reisszug (Austria) – a very early, steep funicular railway serving the Hohensalzburg Fortress. A wall for its protection was erected in 1461 and a source mentions it in 1515. [7][8]
  • 16th Century: (Central Europe) – The earliest documented railways were steep wooden wagonways in mining areas. Georgius Agricola’s De Re Metallica (1556) illustrates “Hund” carts with unflanged wheels operating on wooden planks to move ore, often with vertical guide pins, used in hilly terrain. I am not convinced that this warrants inclusion as a ‘mountain railway‘. [9]
  • 1604: Wollaton Wagonway (UK): One of the earliest British surface wagonways ran from Strelley to Wollaton. It operated over difficult terrain, utilizing wooden tracks to haul coal. Surely Nottinghamshire is not mountainous territory! [10]
  • 1725: Tanfield Wagonway (UK) – Constructed to connect coal pits to the River Tyne, this was a massive engineering project for its time. It featured steep grades, early masonry bridges and substantial embankments, although I could not describe this as a ‘mountain railway‘. [13]
  • 1764: Montresor’s Tramway (USA) – A gravity-powered railway, built by British engineers to navigate the steep terrain near Niagara Falls. Located in Lewiston, New York, it utilized wooden rails to transport supplies up the steep Niagara Escarpment. It is seen as one of North America’s first mechanized railways. [4]
  • 1800-1880s: Welsh Narrow Gauge Railways (UK) – a significant range of narrow-gauge lines of which some at least were operated downhill by gravity and initially saw horses drawing wagons back uphill. Many later became steam-powered. [11][12]
  • 1804: Penydarren Railway – I am not convinced that this qualifies as a mountain railway as it followed a river valley, but it featured in a number of different ‘mountain railway‘, searches on Google. More about this line can be found here [5] and here. [6]
  • 1799-1805: Mount Vernon Tramway (USA) – A gravity railroad constructed in Boston to help lower a hill and fill in marshland. [4].
  • 1809: Thomas Leiper’s Railway (USA) – A 60-foot test track in Pennsylvania, later expanded, which used wooden rails to manage a 1:24 gradient from a quarry. [4]
  • 1827: Summit Hill & Mauch Chunk Railroad (USA) – this was a 9 mile long industrial mountain railway in Pennsylvania. It was a gravity railroad transporting coal, with wagons being returned to the top of the line by mules. A later railway operating on 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) gauge track, was laid on top of the original wagon road. The railway operated for more than half a century as a tourist attraction after it ceased day-to-day operations as a freight railroad in 1872. The onset of the Great Depression resulted in its eventual closure. [2]
  • 1836: Whitby & Pickering Railway (UK) – A steep, horse-drawn line built to connect inland areas to the coast, featuring significant early engineering through difficult terrain, but not really a ‘mountain railway’. [14]
  • 1848-54: Semmering Railway (Austria) – this was the first true mountain line. It conquered the Semmering Pass with 15 tunnels, 16 viaducts, and 100+ curved stone bridges, showing that locomotives could climb steep Alpine terrain. [3]
  • 1868/9: Mount Washington Cog Railway (USA) –  the world’s first mountain-climbing cog railway opened, in 1868 and reached its full length in 1869. [1]
  • 1871: Vitznau-Rigi-Bahn (Switzerland): The first standard-gauge cog railway in Europe, opening up the Alps to passenger tourism. It runs from Vitznau on Lake Lucerne to the Rigi Kulm summit, offering 30-minute scenic rides with panoramic views of the Alps. It operates year-round and is owned by Rigi Railways. [15]
  • 1892: Breinz-Rothorn Bahn (Switzerland): An early example of a rack-and-pinion line allowing steam locomotives to conquer high Alpine slopes. [16][17]
  • 1896: Snowdon Mountain Railway (Wales): Utilizes the Abt rack system to climb toward the summit of Yr Wyddfa (Snowdon). [18]
  • 1898: Gornergrat Bahn (Switzerland): One of the early electric mountain railways, operating from Zermatt (1,604m) to the Gornergrat summit (3,089m) in about 33 minutes. As Europe’s highest open-air cogwheel railway, it offers year-round panoramic views of the Matterhorn and 29 other 4,000-meter peaks. [19]
  • 1899-1912: Jungfraubahn (Switzerland): Work began on this iconic railway, which famously tunnels through the Eiger mountain to reach the highest station in Europe. It connects Kleine Scheidegg to Jungfraujoch. “On 7th March 1899, ground was broken at Rostock station, which was operated only temporarily. … On 7th March 1899, workers at the head of the tunnel reached the intended site of the Eigerwand station. … It was 28th June 1903 before the Eigerwand station in the middle of the north face of the Eiger (2,865 m above sea level) could be officially opened. Passengers were subsequently able to enjoy a view towards Grindelwald from the terrace. Two years later, on 25th July 1905, it was possible to open the section to the stop at Eismeer, some 3,160 metres above sea level, providing guests with a stunning glacier view. … It was not until 1912 that the section to the Jungfraujoch, 3,454 metres above sea level, was completed – nine years later than originally planned. [20]

This limited survey of early ‘mountain railways‘ has done nothing to challenge an assertion that the Mount Washington Cog Railway was the first ‘cog’ railway in the world. However, it clearly was preceded by a number of railways operating by gravity (primarily goods lines) in mountainous areas. But the narrow gauge (4ft 8in) [56] Mount Washington Cog Railway has no rightful claim to being the first ‘mountain railway‘. The Semmering Railway in Austria, if not others, tackled mountainous terrain before the Mount Washington line.

The Mount Washington Cog Railway began operations in 1868 and was fully opened in 1869. It uses a Marsh rack system to climb a 37% grade. It is “Three-and-a-half miles long, it conveys passengers to the top of the highest peak in the Presidential Range of the White Mountains of New Hampshire. It has been in continuous operation since [1869], except only for one year during the first world war and for three years during the last war. In this long period it has operated without a fatality to a single passenger. … Mount Washington, rising to a height of 6,293 ft., is the highest peak in New England. It was given its name in July 1784, by the members of the first party to climb to its summit for scientific purposes; its first recorded ascent was in 1642. … A cabin was built on the summit in 1823. In 1852, a simple hotel was constructed on the north side of the peak. Twice rebuilt, following fires, it was the beginning of the group of structures which now surround the upper terminus of the cog railway.” [1: p786]

Locomotive No.2, ‘Ammonoosuc’, leaving the summit station with a single coach train © R.F. Legget, Public Domain. [1: p787]

In 1858, industrialist and inventor Sylvester Marsh exhibited a model he thought suitable for climbing mountains “to the New Hampshire Legislature and applied for a charter to build mountain railways. … The charter was granted with permission to build railways to the tops of Mounts Washington and Lafayette.” [1: p787]

The model engine (still preserved, in Concord, New Hampshire) was demonstrated, with about 20 ft. of inclined model track, in Marsh’s office in Boston for promoting the idea of the railway and in raising funds. It weighed 17 lb. and would push a load of 50 lb. up the track. It was fitted with Marsh’s patented ‘atmospheric brake’.” [1: p787]

Cog Railway Patents, Sylvester Marsh

In 1858, picking up on an idea by John Blenkinsop in England twenty years before, Sylvester Marsh applied for US patents for a cog-driven inclined railway. His first patent is dated 10th September 1861, No. 33,255. [21][22]

Marsh’s US patent No. 33,255 was for a cog-wheel locomotive. [21][22]

He later, in 1864, applied for and was granted a patent for “an ‘Apparatus for Descending Gradients’ an adjustable, frictionless brake that utilized compressed air to slow a train’s movement, while eliminating the wear and tear on a locomotive’s (and/or carriage’s) wheels.” [23] The patent was No. 44,965, granted on 8th November 1864.

Marsh’s US patent No. 44,965 was for an ‘Apparatus for Descending Gradients. [21][23]

Later still Sylvester Marsh applied for and was granted a patent in January 1867 for “an enhanced design for the original cog rail. Marsh’s device was ‘open’ between the individual pins along the rack, and this allowed ice, snow, or dirt to fall through the spaces, rather than clog and potentially impede the works.” [23]

US Patent No. 61,221 dated 15th January 1867 for an open design of cog rail. [21][23]

Construction of the Line

Legget tells us that “After failing to raise funds publicly, Marsh himself paid for the building of a full-scale locomotive and a section of experimental track on Cold Spring Hill, a shoulder of Mount Washington. There, on 29th August 1866, he gave a public demonstration of his idea, which was quite successful. One of these sections is the start of the railway as it exists today. …  Following the demonstration of 1866, others came to share the promoter’s enthusiasm for his idea. A company was organised and, although he lost financial control of it, Marsh was elected its President. Construction started in May, 1867, and was completed as far as the foot of “Jacob’s Ladder” (now the steepest section) and formally opened on 14th August 1868. Work continued, and the railway was opened to the summit by July of the following year.” [1: p787]

Legget continues: “Much of the wood required for the construction was cut from the forest which covered the lower slopes of the mountain, using oxen for hauling, A tollroad had to be built to connect the outside world with the location chosen for the start of the railway, now called Marshfield. This was for long known as the Mount Washington Turnpike, but is now a public highway. Apart from the timber required for the trestle and ties, all other material had to be hauled over primitive roads from Littleton, 25 miles way, where was then located the nearest railway station.” [1: p789]

‘Old Peppersass’

The original locomotive, No. 1 ‘Hero’ but known as ‘Old Peppersass’, exhibited at the base station. Locomotive No. 2 is to the left of the image © R.F. Legget, Public Domain. [1: p788]

Old Peppersass (No.1 ‘Hero’), Marsh’s original locomotive for the line is plinthed at the base station. “The odd name comes from the resemblance to the type of pepper-sauce bottle used in American homes at the time of the opening. The vertical boiler gives the engine a most unusual appearance, but it operated satisfactorily for twelve years before being replaced by improved types. It cost only £3,000 to construct, and weighed 8 tons. After withdrawal from service, the old engine was shown at a number of exhibitions throughout the United States, and eventually passed into the keeping of the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad.” [1: p789]

Later, in July 1929, a refurbished ‘Old Peppersass’ was steamed again on a gala day, successfully chugging up the mountain again. Sadly on the descent, a tooth broke on one of the gear wheels. Legget tells us that this “caused the locomotive to jump from its normal position, contact was lost with the rack, and it started to rush down out of control. So quickly did it gather speed that the hand safety devices could not be applied fast enough. The driver told the other riders to jump off, but did not see a photographer who was hidden by the bunker. Why he did not jump off until much later will never be known, but it was too late when he did decide to leap, and he fell to his death. This unfortunate accident marred an otherwise perfect day, and is the only fatality which has occurred in ordinary operations on the railway.” [1: p789]

‘Devil’s Shingles’

There was a dare-devil practice undertaken by employees of the railway which “must have been one of the most sensational rail journeys in history. This was achieved by riding on ‘slide-boards’ (or ‘Devil’s Shingles’) – wood and metal seats, measuring about three feet by one, which fitted over the rack rail, and were equipped with crude hand-actuated brakes. Seated on one of these contraptions, members of the track crew could save much time in descents. The record time for the 3.25-mile trip, from the summit to Base Station, was 2 min. 45 sec., which speaks for itself. Following the death of an employee and the serious injury of another, this unorthodox method of transport was banned.” [1: p789]

An employee of the railway is sitting posed on one of the slideboards (Devil’s Shingle) in an illustration on the wall of the railway museum at the Mount Washington Cog Railway. [31]

An example is on display in the museum and is shown in the photograph below.

A ‘Devil’s shingle’ slideboard used by employees between 1870 and 1920 to descend down to the base station, © Z22 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [25]

A Journey Along the Line

The line was approached by a winding road from the nearest railway station, Bretton Woods, on the Maine Central Railroad line from Portland, Maine, to St. Johnsbury, Vermont.

That railway route is now closed and the journey to the Mount Washington Cog Railway has to be undertaken by road. Maine Central’s Mountain Division witnessed its last through freight between St. Johnsbury and Portland in September of 1983. The passenger service had already been suspended in 1960. [24][27]

West of the Marshfield base station the line extended a couple of hundred metres to serve workshops (where locomotives were serviced) and the timber coaling stage. Legget tells us that at the coaling stage, “coal, which [had] been delivered by motor lorry, [was] moved on to a simple wooden trestle by a light mobile scraper, which also dump[ed] the coal into the hoppers on the little locomotives.” [1: p790]

Looking West along the line from the base station in the early 1950s: Locomotive No. 6, ‘Great Gulf’ sits at the coaling stage © R.F. Legget, Public Domain. [1: p790]

The original workshops remained in place for well over a century. A series of photographs appear below. …

The original workshops to the West of the Marshfield base station. [29]

In the spring of 2020, ground was broken for a new, 35000 sq.ft. state-of-the-art workshop facility, located just below the old engine shop. The building was opened in 2021  and is large enough to accommodate: the railway’s entire fleet, 7 biodiesel locomotives, 2 steamers, …  9 passenger coaches; track maintenance equipment; and space to undertake servicing indoors, on-site, over the long winter. Dual overhead cranes facilitate heavy repair and fabrication work, and locomotives can be pushed around the shop floor by hand on air casters, [30] maximizing floor space and eliminating the need for fixed tracks inside the building! [29]

Looking Southwest from behind the older maintenance workshops towards the site of the new during construction. A boiler from a decommissioned steam locomotive sits behind the shop building, as the new facility grows in the background. [29]
A snowbound view of the new workshops close to completion. A pair of heavy duty overhead cranes were delivered, each having a lift capacity of 10 tons. [29]
The modern workshop facility as it appears on Google Maps. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Heading Northeast along the line, in a couple of hundred meters the line enters Marshfield Base Station.

From the workshops the line enters the base station at Marshfield with its modern facilities and then crosses the Ammonoosuc River. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Mount Washington sits behind the Base Station at Marshfield – a modern diesel locomotive has charge of a single coach train in the foreground. [31]

Each train consists of a locomotive pushing a single carriage. The locomotives are designed to handle steep gradients which means that, at rest on the level, their sloping boilers look a little odd.

The cog boilers are mounted at an angle of 25%. This is the average grade of the line. When they are on the steepest section of line (Jacobs ladder) they are at 37 %. There is a flat section at the workshops. An explanation of how the water levels were managed with the different gradients can be found here. [28]

Just beyond Base Station, the Ammonoosuc River is crossed on a simple trestle bridge. After rounding a slight curve a straight stretch of about a mile lies ahead, at the end of which the train will stop for water at the Waumbek tank.

A train worked by Locomotive No. 2, crossing the bridge over the Ammonoosuc River near the base station © R.F. Legget, Public Domain. [1: p786]

In the autumn of 2017, the railway’s season ended early when flood damage occurred to the old trestle bridge over the Ammonoosuc River. A replacement bridge was ordered on 15th December and installation was completed on 6th March 2018. The bridge, sporting faux trusses, was designed and built off-site by Big R Bridge, based in Greeley, Colorado. It was delivered by truck and set in place by Cote Crane of Auburn, ME. After delivery it only took 3.5 days to assemble and install the bridge. The new bridge spans 107 ft.

The new railway bridge after installation in the spring of 2018. [32]
The line continues East-northeast. [Google Maps, April 2026]
And arrives at Waumbek Station after travelling for about a mile. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Waumbek Station is a winter destination on the Railway, located at 4,000 feet in an alpine meadow, serving as the terminus of the railway from November to early May. The 1-hour round trip features heated coaches, a 25-minute stop with elevated viewing decks, fire pits, and hot drinks, offering scenic views below the inhospitable summit. [33]

The approach to Waumbek Station in the snow. [34]
The view along the line to the East, towards the summit, from Waumbek Station. [34]

This image shows the view up towards the summit from Waumbek Station on a damp day in the summer. Just to the West of Waumbek Station the single line from the base Station becomes two lines running in parallel. The point at which this occurs can be seen on the left of the satellite image immediately below. [36]

Beyond Waumbek Station the line turns to a bearing just South of East. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The dual track extends onto this next satellite image. The point at which the two lines converge can be seen at about the quarter-point from the left of this image. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Continuing Northeast, the line reaches Jacob’s Ladder, the steepest length of the line with a gradient of greater than 37%. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Marsh’s chosen route for the railway “closely followed a trail blazed nearly 50 years earlier by a young settler named Ethan Allen Crawford. At 4725’, track crews faced the daunting challenge of building a left-curving high trestle to span a boulder strewn gap. Crawford referred to this part of the mountain as ‘Jacob’s Ladder’, and the ambitious new structure would become its namesake.” [38]

A construction photograph showing ‘Old Peppersass’ supported on the trestle and employed during construction to support the workers building the trestle by hand, (c) Public Domain. [39]

A later view of the trestle in service with a well-loaded passenger coach. This image was shared on THE RAILWAY TO THE MOON! The Mt Washington Cog RY (NH)& Alumni Facebook Group by Chuck Killian on 1st July 2025, (c) Public Domain. [43]

A posed monochrome image showing one of the locomotives purchased to replace ‘Old Peppersass’ and used on the line for many years. [40]
An early colourised postcard view of the trestle structure named ‘Jacob’s Ladder’, (c) Public Domain. [38]

At nearly 300’ long, 25’ above the surface of the mountain, and ascending at a 37.41% grade, [this trestle] would eventually enter the record books as the steepest and second highest railroad trestle in the world, and by far the steepest portion of Marsh’s railway.” [38]

The marker board in August 2025, (c) Kelton Ricker and shared on Google Maps. [Google Maps, April 2025]

Jacob’s Ladder trestle seen looking East up the gradient towards the summit of the railway line. Of all the images of the trestle in this article, this, perhaps, gives the best impression of the gradient and curve of the line over the trestle. [41]

Legget says: “More water can be taken on at the Gulf tanks, which are at an elevation of 5,800 ft. above sea level. (Marshfield is 2,700.) Before this has come the quite awe-inspiring climb of Jacob’s Ladder: the trestle is perched seemingly on the edge of a steeply-sloping rocky hillside, the line curving out of sight sharply to the right at the upper end, thus adding greatly to the unusual experience of riding this part of the line.” !: p790]

Gulf Tanks – the second watering place on the climb – this photograph was taken in August 1937. It was shared on THE RAILWAY TO THE MOON! The Mt Washington Cog RY (NH)& Alumni Facebook Group by Conrad Ekstrom on 31st August 2024, (c) Public Domain. Note the trough bringing water to the nearest tank in the photograph and the impression that water in the trough will be running uphill! It is the steepness of the gradient of the railway which gives this impression. [44]

The line continues climbing beyond Jacob’s Ladder in an East-northeast direction. There is a further trestle at this location, known as Burt’s Ravine. This is the second steepest portion of the line. The trestle is known as Long Trestle. Just beyond the trestle, the terrain drops off precipitously, some 1900 feet into Burt’s Ravine. The line is built predominantly on wooden trestles at this higher level as the terrain is so rocky and rough, that the railway needs to minimize the number of points of contact that the track makes with the ground. The trestle solves that problem nicely. [Google Maps, April 2026]
For a photograph of the trestle please click here. [43]
The line then turns to the Southeast. It is well above the tree line by now.
[Google Maps, April 2026]
The line continues climbing in a south-easterly direction.
[Google Maps, April 2026]

Legget continues: “The tree line has now been passed and the surface has become rocky with a remarkable scattering of Arctic plant life. Almost two hundred species of Sub-Arctic and Arctic plants have been identified on the mountain.” [1: p790]

The line then turns South. The tanks visible in the bottom-right of this image are part of the old Air Force test facility. [45]
[Google Maps, April 2026]
The final length of the railway and the summit terminus.
[Google Maps, April 2026]

Legget, writing in 1954, continues: “The line curves quite considerably, finishing in almost a semi-circle as Summit Station is approached. At the top, the railway now maintains the famous Summit House, at which it is possible to stay overnight. A special observatory building is located here also, and it is now occupied throughout the winter, despite weather conditions which include winds up to velocities of 230 mph. Weather observations were started in 1870, and the top of Mount Washington has been well-known in meteorological circles since that time. Military installations have been added in recent years.” [1: p790]

The arrival of a train at the first summit station, circa 1872-1873, (c)Public Domain. This image was shared on THE RAILWAY TO THE MOON! The Mt Washington Cog RY (NH)& Alumni Facebook Group by Conrad Ekstrom on 3rd August 2024, (c) Public Domain. [42]

The summit station with the hotel in the background and one of the meteorological towers visible above the single coach © R.F. Legget, Public Domain. [1: p788]

Trackwork

In 1954, the track consisted of relatively light running rails spiked and bolted to cross-ties, with a central steel rack securely bolted to the ties by steel angles. The line was single throughout, but passing spurs were provided at the water tanks. This arrangement no longer applies. As we have already seen, a relatively long dual track section has been provided which begins before (West of) Waumbek Station and continues some distance towards the summit of the line.

Initially, there was no way for two trains to pass one another on the line. In 1941, a nine-motion switch was invented, and two spur sidings were added, each long enough to divert two descending trains so that climbing trains could continue to the summit, enabling more round trips per day. [55]

In 1954, Locomotive No. 8, ‘Tip Top’ sits in the upper passing spur which was sited close the water tanks at Gulf. In the photograph the road is set for the train approaching from behind the photographer to run through to the summit © R.F. Legget, Public Domain. [1: p791]

Leggit tells us that in 1954 on busy summer days as many as six trains may be on the mountain at once. The points (switches) were remarkable. To access each of the spurs required “the movement of seven pieces of rail and the operation of two levers. The points/switches are changed by the brakemen and firemen on each train.” [1: p791] One of these spurs and its point-work are illustrated in the monochrome image immediately above.

Much later, the two spurs were replaced by an extended passing loop. As late as 2004, work was completed replacing the lower Waumbek Switch and Siding with an 1,800-foot (550 m) passing loop equipped with electric and hydraulically powered automated switches. These switches are powered by batteries and recharged by solar panels. One switch is located at each end of the loop, allowing ascending and descending trains to pass one another. The mechanism slides a curved section of track into position to suit the intended traffic movement. [55]

The lower point/switch which operates as a transfer table moving the two curved sections of track in place for the chosen route, (c) Z22 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [54]

Locomotives

In 1954, Leggit tells us that “the locomotives were simple and ancient, yet relatively efficient and undoubtedly safe, … most [had] worked this line for well over half-a-century the newest [was] 45 years old! They [could not] be described by any conventional wheel arrangement, as all [had] two pairs of cylinders, each pair operating independently of the other on to its own cog wheel. There [were] also control cog wheels on the passenger cars, and large friction wheels which provide safe and sure braking such that the cars [could] be stopped independently of the locomotives.” [1: p791]

Leggit noted that “four separate braking devices [were] in use during the descent. It [was] sometimes possible to see the locomotive and car descending separately if the brake operator in the car [used] his brakes a little too severely. This [was] unusual, however, so skilled [had] the operating staff become with their simple equipment.” [1: p791]

Seven locomotives [were] regularly in use during summer months, and on a busy day all [were] in steam. An average of 35,000 passengers [was] carried each year. The engines all [carried] names, each with some local connotation: Nos. 1, Mount Washington; 2, Ammonoosuc; 3, Base Station; 4, Summit; 6, Great Gulf; 8, Tip Top; and 9, Waumbek. They [were] maintained in spotless condition, and consume[d] about 1,000 gal. of water and one ton of coal on each ascent, for which a schedule of 70 min, is allowed.” [1: p791]

This may look as though it is the locomotive referred to by Leggit but this ‘Tip Top’ was actually built in the railway’s workshops in 1983 Tip Top is not currently in service. At the time it was built it was the world’s newest steam locomotive but in 2008 a major boiler overhaul was underway when the project was scrapped in favor of building 2 new diesel locomotives. The cab and tender have been ‘lent’ to No 4 but the engine itself is sitting outside the railroad workshops. This photograph was taken in July 1994, © Peter Broster and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY 2.0).
[52]

Speed was not important! Leggit says that “on one famous occasion, an employee of the railway managed to climb from Base Station to Summit in less time than the train.” [1: p797]

The locomotive fleet has changed since 1954!

The Mount Washington Cog Railway now operates with a mix of classic steam and modern biodiesel locomotives.

From 1868 until 2008, the line was a steam railroad. While it was primarily designed to build the railway, Old Peppersass saw passenger service until it was retired in 1878. More locomotives were added over time, wood-fired engines gave way to coal-fired locos,  vertical boilers were exchanged for more conventional horizontal ones (albeit tilted significantly to compensate for the steep gradients on the line.

A quarter of the way through the 21st century, the line retains two steam locomotives “(both manufactured in New Hampshire at the Manchester Locomotive Works): … MW2 (Ammonoosuc) built in 1875; and MW9 (Waumbek), built in 1908.” [46] Maintenance work over the years probably means that virtually none of the original mechanical components have been retained. “But in essence, these treasures of 19th century technological wizardry look and feel every bit as authentic as the day they were first fired.” [46]

While the line is committed to maintaining MW2 and MW9 in tip-top operating condition for as long as possible, the steamers needed some help.  In 2008, that help arrived in the form of biodiesel locomotive No. M1.

The loco was designed and built in-house at a cost of $750,000. Its successful introduction heralded the start of production of further locomotives. On average, the workshop has produced “one new locomotive every 18 months. In 2019, [it] completed construction of M7, [the] seventh biodiesel locomotive.” [47]

Each of these robust machines is powered by a 600hp John Deere marine engine governed by a computerized operating system. Hydraulic pressure delivers a maximum of 30,000 ft-lbs. of torque to each of two drive cogs beneath the locomotive, pulling the train up the mountain. A redundant air brake system ensures positive braking and parking when needed, but in normal operations, hydraulic pressure is also used to bring the train back down to Marshfield Base Station.” [47]

These new machines are “More economical, easier to maintain and environmentally friendlier, it takes anywhere from 18-22 gallons of biodiesel fuel to complete the nearly 7 mile round trip. By comparison, our steam locomotives consume 1000 gallons of water and a ton of coal to make the same trip.” [47]

Construction of M8 is already underway.

But there is a little more to the story than what appears on the line’s website …

The full story of the development work undertaken to use biodiesel in the steam locomotives can be found here. [48]

In essence, No. 9 Waumbek became an experimental locomotive. …

Mount Washington No. 9 ‘Waumbek’, affectionately referred to as Vicki (as in victim!) [became] the first steam railway locomotive in the world fired on biodiesel, thus becoming effectively carbon neutral.” [48]

It was a matter of embracing a significant “jump in technology … to go from a ‘normal’ type of coal burning loco to a modern design of liquid fuel burner. … The Mount Washington line [had] previously, unsuccessfully, experimented with liquid fuels showing how difficult it can be to make a liquid fuel system work effectively on steam locomotives. … The extremely high combustion rates required to match the demand for steam, [were a problem.] … For locomotives of this size the evaporative rates are somewhat higher than for adhesion locomotives. A combustion system to match these requirements in the small volume firebox needs to be very carefully designed if it is to burn cleanly and without waste, if it can meet the requirements at all. In practical terms the system has to be better than any other conventional system.” [48]

By May 2006, No.9, still on test, could set off smokelessly and smoke free combustion continued to the summit of the line.

Ultimately, however, a change of direction brought about the production of the line’s own bespoke biodiesel locomotives and Waumbek was returned to tradition coal firing. The video below is a montage made up of short lengths of film of the biodiesel locomotives in action: [49]

Biodiesel Locomotive No. M5, ‘Metallak’ (May 2014), © BeckyMetcalf75 and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [50]
Biodiesel Locomotive No. M3, ‘Abenaki’ (September 2012), © BeckyMetcalf75 and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [51]

And finally, a video about the railway: [35]

References

  1. Robert F. Legget; The Mount Washington Cog Railway; in The Railway Magazine, November 1954, Tothill Press, London, 1954, p786-791, 797.
  2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mauch_Chunk_Switchback_Railway, accessed on  10th April 2026.
  3. https://www.britannica.com/place/Semmering#ref208770, accessed on 10th April 2026.
  4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oldest_railroads_in_North_America, accessed on 10th April 2026.
  5. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/02/02/the-penydarren-tramroad-south-wales-part-1
  6. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/02/06/the-penydarren-tramroad-south-wales-part-2
  7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reisszug, accessed on 10th April 2026.
  8. https://www.funimag.com/funimag10/RESZUG01.HTM, accessed on 10th April 2026.
  9. https://www.gutenberg.org/files/38015/38015-h/38015-h.htm, accessed on 10th April 2026.
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wollaton_Wagonway, accessed on 10th April 2026.
  11. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_narrow-gauge_slate_railways, accessed on 11th April 2026.
  12. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tramroads_in_South_Wales, accessed on 11th April 2026.
  13. Rob Langham; Tanfield Waggonway; Amberley Publishing, Stroud, Gloucestershire, 2025.
  14. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Whitby_and_Pickering_Railway, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  15. https://www.rigi.ch/en/experience/mountain-railways/cogwheel-train-vitznau-rigi-kulm, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  16. https://www.erih.net/i-want-to-go-there/site/brienz-rothorn-bahn, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  17. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2018/04/11/the-brienz-rothorn-bahn-switzerland
  18. https://snowdonrailway.co.uk, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  19. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gornergrat_Railway, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  20. https://www.jungfrau.ch/en-gb/corporate/jungfrau-railways/jungfraubahn-holding-ag/jungfraubahn-ag, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  21. https://progress-is-fine.blogspot.com/2022/11/cog-railway-patents-sylvester-marsh.html?m=1, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  22. https://patents.google.com/patent/US33255A/en, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  23. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/18oSH6sGvx, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  24. https://www.american-rails.com/mec.html?fbclid=IwdGRjcARId-RjbGNrBEh29WV4dG4DYWVtAjExAHNydGMGYXBwX2lkDDM1MDY4NTUzMTcyOAABHlao02zs7lFsfQakqbiCDXmFJ9xZaC4a_IwL-cUUE5d_IG-Cyr-IY-KMiANY_aem_F4baQNiKIjtbSiI7ffD4og, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  25. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:%22Devil%27s_shingle%22_slideboard.JPG, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  26. https://hawkinsrails.net/preservation/cog/cog.htm, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  27. https://digitalcommons.library.umaine.edu/etd/3543, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  28. https://www.rypn.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=1&t=36722, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  29. https://www.thecog.com/marshfield-shop-update, accessed on 12th April 2026.
  30. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Air_caster, accessed on 12th April 2026. An air caster is a pneumatic lifting device used to move heavy loads on flat, non-porous surfaces. Its operation is similar to a hovercraft, as it uses a thin layer of air as a way to float a very small distance off the ground. Compressed air enters an airbag shaped like a torus, and when the bag is filled it creates an airtight seal with the ground, and forces more air into the center of the torus, eventually causing the air to flow over the bag and to raise the load above the ground.
  31. https://www.thecog.com/marshfield-base-station, accessed on 13th April 2026.
  32. https://indepthnh.org/2018/04/10/mount-washington-cog-railway-unveils-new-base-bridge-with-april-21-opening, accessed on 13th April 2026.
  33. https://www.thecog.com/the-cog-in-winter, accessed on 13th April 2026.
  34. https://westernwhitemtns.com/project/mount-washington-cog-railway, accessed on 13th April 2026.
  35. https://youtu.be/SrlQM-PyYqM?si=yDJIDT5JESG9Jywu, accessed on 13th April 2026.
  36. https://www.asce.org/about-civil-engineering/history-and-heritage/historic-landmarks/mount-washington-cog-railway, accessed on 13th April 2026.
  37. https://mountwashington.org/the-cog-railway, accessed on 13th April 2026.
  38. https://www.thecog.com/jacobs-ladder, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  39. https://www.unionleader.com/nh/travel/top_10_things/mt-washington-cog-railway-celebrates-150th-anniversary/article_d83363e6-05b4-5e3e-9683-56d93e34d107.html, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  40. https://www.etsy.com/uk/listing/231698074/mount-washington-jacobs-ladder-cog?utm_source=affiliate_window&utm_medium=affiliate&utm_campaign=uk_location_buyer&utm_content=57434&sv1=affiliate&sv_campaign_id=57434&awc=6091_1776156716_aa05e3e43d3987d15ed2dedf992dba41&sn=1, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  41. https://www.tripadvisor.co.nz/LocationPhotoDirectLink-g46031-d116318-i105829998-The_Mount_Washington_Cog_Railway-Bretton_Woods_New_Hampshire.html, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  42. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=8657024724327341&set=gm.7938276682958459, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  43. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=874919832140163&set=gm.25399238549769002&idorvanity=982345131885017, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  44. https://www.facebook.com/groups/982345131885017/permalink/8101202679999191, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  45. https://wxtoad.com/index.php/railroad-photos/steam-tourist/mt-washington-cog-railway, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  46. https://www.thecog.com/classic-steam-and-modern-biodiesel-locom, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  47. https://www.thecog.com/diesel-debut, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  48. https://www.martynbane.co.uk/modernsteam/nday/mw/ndaymw-biodiesel.html, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  49. https://youtu.be/-kGL1HywRpw?si=OTK3IzAiprC3sCaa, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  50. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Mount_Washington_Cog_Railway%27s_%22Metallak%22,_biodiesel_engine_number_5.jpg, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  51. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Mount_Washington_Cog_Railway,_biodiesel_engine_Abenaki_at_the_Summit_of_Mount_Washington,_2012.jpg, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  52. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Mount_Washington_Cog_Railway_No_8_%288062044554%29.jpg, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  53. https://youtu.be/2PcaUncoln8, accessed on 15th April 2026.
  54. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Washington_Cog_Railway#/media/File:A_switch_of_Mount_Washington_Cog_Railway.jpg, accessed on 15th April 2026.
  55. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Washington_Cog_Railway, accessed on 15th April 2026.
  56. A 4ft 8in gauge is strictly a narrow gauge as it is 0.5 inches less than standard-gauge (4ft 8.5in).

John 20:19-31 – Thoughts for the Second Sunday of Easter

Doubting Thomas

How often have you sat in a room with a group of friends and realised that you’ve lost track of what they’re talking about? Like you’ve dozed off for a bit and the conversation has dramatically changed direction. How did you feel? It can be a quite lonely or confusing experience.

I don’t have many Manchester United memories, except perhaps the famous cup final in 1979. Being an Arsenal supporter, I remember the excitement of Arsenal’s 3-2 win in the FA Cup that year.

However, there is one United memory that sticks in the mind. An episode which I was reminded of recently on facebook when someone posted a clip about times not to leave the room to put the kettle on. I had been watching the Manchester United/Bayern Munich UEFA Champions League Final on TV. The match took place in the Nou Camp Stadium.

I had to go out to do a Baptism visit, there was perhaps only a minute or two to go and United were losing 1-0, they were on the rack and going nowhere. The result was a foregone conclusion – Bayern Munich had obviously won the cup.

I wasn’t out that long, but I missed the key last minutes of the match. When I got back, I couldn’t believe what people were saying. United had scored twice in the last minute – they’d won. I wasn’t there – and if there hadn’t been independent accreditation of the victory, I would not have believed what people were telling me!!!

Whether we wake after having dozed off in a crowded room, or we were just not there when a key event happened – we easily feel ostracized and left out. No matter what anyone says, it still feels that way.

We’re not told why Thomas wasn’t in the upper room that first Easter evening when Jesus visited his disciples. We could spend time trying to imagine where he was – but we won’t! Suffice to say, he missed the key event, the turning point, the moment that changed defeat into victory. And how did he respond? In exactly the same way as most of us would have done. …

thomas-slide2

Thomas couldn’t believe what the others told him. I doubt any of us would have done under those same circumstances. … Seeing is believing – but so is sharing in an experience with others. Thomas not only didn’t see what happened, he was left out of the experience that everyone else shared. He was in a lonely place, wanting to believe, wanting to share in everyone else’s happiness, but unable to do so. He hadn’t been there, he hadn’t seen Jesus.

Thomas’ reactions and feelings are understandable. And as we read the story we can see that Jesus thought so too. he provided aa repeat of the same encounter – one in which Thomas could share. Jesus gently reminded Thomas of his outburst – no indignant rebuke, just words which drew Thomas back to faith. Thomas’ response is one of the clearest statements of Jesus’ divinity in the Bible. Having seen the truth of the resurrection he cannot but exclaim, “My Lord and my God!”

The next 3 verses are important, they are pivotal to John’s message:

Jesus said to him, “Have you believed because you have seen me? Blessed are those who have not seen and yet have come to believe.” ….  Now Jesus did many other signs in the presence of his disciples, which are not written in this book. But these are written so that you may come to believe that Jesus is the Messiah, the Son of God, and that through believing you may have life in his name.

John has led his readers through a story – a story which allows those readers to meet Jesus and begin to understand who he is. It’s a journey of discovery, one in which we can identify with the different characters, feel their emotions, struggle with them to understand what Jesus is doing and saying. Thomas’ words are the culmination, the pinnacle of the story – the point where even the strongest of doubters expresses faith. Jesus response is not just for Thomas’ ears, not just for the disciples, but for all who read John’s Gospel in coming generations. “Don’t think,” says Jesus, “that the disciples were in some way special because they saw all these events first hand. Rather, blessed are those who read the stories and encounter Christ through the work of his Spirit in their lives and the lives of those around them.”

“Blessed,” says Jesus,  “are all who read this Gospel, who struggle with doubts & come to believe that he is the Son of God.”

We’ve not missed out on the party, we can still be part of the events which changed defeat into victory. We too can own the risen Jesus as our Lord.

This is good news – particularly for those of us who struggle with doubt; for those of us who’d like to believe more strongly than we do; for those of us who see other people’s faith, or the joy they seem to experience in their Christian life, and feel that we are somehow missing out. The story of Thomas is important because it embraces doubt.

The story is also important because it embraces change. Everything is different, Jesus was dead and is now alive. This changes everything – nothing can now be the same. Thomas struggles to accept the new situation. For so many of us change is difficult to handle, yet it is happening all the time. We need to continue to engage with the communities around our churches, looking for new ways to serve, new ways to make Christ known and to bring hope where there is despair. We need to accept that the future for the Church of England is one with significantly less stipendiary clergy – perhaps one third less in numbers in ten years time – and we need to imagine new forms of ministry both lay and ordained, new ways of being church. Nothing is the same as it was, nothing will be the same as it was, and we want to shout out the loudest “No!” that we can manage.

There are two key things we need to take away from this passage.

First – it’s OK to be honest – don’t pretend that everything is OK when it isn’t,. Don’t manufacture faith if it isn’t there. We can express our fears and we can express our doubts. In fact expressing our fear and our doubt is often, like it was for Thomas, the first step to faith.

Second – this story of doubt and faith is made the crowning moment of John’s Gospel – the pinnacle – Jesus reaching out to his loyal but doubting and fearful follower, not in anger but in love. Thomas’ exclamation, “My Lord and my God!” is the point at which John choses to rest his case. Honest struggling with change, honest struggling through doubt towards faith is given the highest honour in John’s Gospel.

So, don’t be discouraged if the pace of change or the circumstances we face are a struggle. Don’t be discouraged if believing is a struggle.

12_pasc_c_t

For many football fans, winning or losing is a life or death issue. But here we go beyond issues of life or death, we’re concerned with eternity.

Be encouraged as you struggle to be faithful in an ever changing context, when at times everything you hold dear seems threatened. Be encouraged as you struggle to believe, for the story of Thomas makes clear that God loves the open and honest doubter.

Luke 24:13-35 – The Emmaus Road

How has Easter left you feeling? …

Easter – looking into the blackness of Good Friday – then the celebrations of Easter Sunday and the resurrection. Children off school for 2 weeks. The relief when they went back to school!

Then there’s all the personal issues that we each face day by day.

The issues that we face as churches … getting ready for the AGM, inviting people to stand for key church roles, asking people to join the electoral roll. … It can be a chaotic time. There’s enough of a cocktail of different things to leave us all exhausted, or confused.

In our Gospel reading two people are struggling to get on with their lives amid the confusion of that first few days after the first Easter.

Good Friday’s sense of despair has been turned on its head by strange rumours of resurrection. Women running from the tomb to the disciples, Peter and John running to the tomb. People running backwards and forwards, rumour and counter-rumour, no one sure just what to believe.

And as they walk on the road to Emmaus, weary, sad and confused; perhaps we can feel some sympathy for them. As they trudge along they are trying between them to make some sense of what has happened. … And then we read these words. “While they were talking Jesus himself came near and went with them.”

As the story unfolds and as their journey progresses we read that their hearts begin to burn within them as they listen to him talk. At first he is a stranger to them, they don’t recognise him, but then, just before he leaves them they see him break bread and in an instant their eyes are opened and they see the risen Lord Jesus for who he is.

Some of us might recognise something of the story reflected in our own lives. We feel drawn to faith but at the same time it all seems a bit of a mystery. If so, then we are on the road with these two people. … Others of us might see the confusion and depression of the two travellers as part of our story. If so, we too are on the road with them. … … Some of us know the story of faith quite well, but the journey we’re on has become long and tedious and it is so hard to see the destination. If so, we too are on the road with those two disciples.

Others of us are struggling with what is happening around us, the pace of change, the seeming lack of real direction, trouble in our relationships, vandalism on our streets and roads, our fear which at times threatens to overwhelm us. If so, yes, we too are on that same road with those two disciples.

Whether because we are in this together or because it is true for us as an individual – all of us in some way are on this journey with the two friends going to Emmaus.

In the midst of everything – before we are even sure who it is, there is someone walking along the road with us – a seeming stranger – if we knew the end of our own story, perhaps we’d know who it is – but now we cannot recognise him. As we talk together or as we sit quietly; as we have coffee after our service; as we worship together; as we go out into the world or sit at home unable to go out; as we pray with faith or as we struggle to believe. Jesus himself comes near and goes with us.

And as we continue on our journey of life, unsure what the future holds, even if we don’t recognise him, Jesus himself walks with us.

Just as those friends on the road to Emmaus discovered him in the breaking of bread – so we have the opportunity each Sunday to encounter Jesus not only as the unknown friend on the road – but as the one who welcomes us with nail torn hands into the warm embrace of God’s love. And in the Communion in which we share, we take him, in some mysterious, unfathomable way, into our lives and he becomes one with us in soul and body.

I invite you to close your eyes, take a few moments now in silence to imagine yourself walking on a journey. It might be no more than walking to the shops with all that is on your mind, whatever is going on in your life at the moment. It might be a favourite walk, which allows you to breathe in the midst of a busy life, ……………………………….

In your mind’s eye, as you walk, see the stranger approach you and walk quietly alongside you on the road. …………………………..

Walk with him, enjoy in your imagination talking to them as you walk, and listening to them as they speak. ………………………………

And before you open your eyes and we move on with our service, say these words to that stranger. …………………

“Lord, make yourself known to me in the bread and the wine today.” Amen.